You are on page 1of 734

CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICALS

FORMULATIONS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

2
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

YUSUF AKKAPILI

AUTHOR

DESIGN

VOLKAN AKGÖZ

PRINTING DATE

1.2.2016

PRINTING PLACE
GİRİŞ PRINTERY

ISBN

978 – 605 – 88350 – 9 – 2

CONTACT INFORMATIONS

SOLVERCHEM LABORATORIES

Aykoop san. Sit. B. Blok no: 25

Işıkkent / bornova / izmir / TURKEY

solverchempublications@gmail.com
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICALS

FORMULATIONS

ENCYCLOPEDIA
2
Thank you to all the people and companies who contributed to the
preparation of this encyclopedia.
INDEX

JAMB COATING MORTAR

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


1 – JAMB COATING MORTAR
FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS – 1
2 – JAMB COATING MORTAR
FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS – 2
3 – JAMB COATING MORTAR
FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS – 3
4 – LATEX ADDED JAMB COATING MORTAR
FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS – 1
5 – LATEX ADDED JAMB COATING MORTAR
FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS – 2
6 – LATEX ADDED JAMB COATING MORTAR
FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS – 3
7 – HYDROPHOBIC JAMB COATING MORTAR
FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS – 1
8 – HYDROPHOBIC JAMB COATING MORTAR
FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS – 2
9 – HYDROPHOBIC JAMB COATING MORTAR
FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS – 3

SANDBLASTING

JAMB COATING ADHESIVE SOLUTION

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


10 – SANDBLASTING JAMB COATING ADHESIVE SOLUTION
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
11 – SANDBLASTING JAMB COATING ADHESIVE SOLUTION
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
12 – SANDBLASTING JAMB COATING ADHESIVE SOLUTION
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
13 – HYDROPHOBIC SANDBLASTING JAMB
COATING ADHESIVE SOLUTION
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
14 – HYDROPHOBIC SANDBLASTING JAMB
COATING ADHESIVE SOLUTION
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
15 – HYDROPHOBIC SANDBLASTING JAMB
COATING ADHESIVE SOLUTION
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
16 – LATEX ADDED SANDBLASTING JAMB
COATING ADHESIVE SOLUTION
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
17 – LATEX ADDED SANDBLASTING JAMB
COATING ADHESIVE SOLUTION
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
18 – LATEX ADDED SANDBLASTING JAMB
COATING ADHESIVE SOLUTION
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

SPRAYING JAMB COATING MORTAR

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


19 – SPRAYING JAMB COATING MORTAR
FORMULATION AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS – 1
20 – SPRAYING JAMB COATING MORTAR
FORMULATION AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS – 2
21 – SPRAYING JAMB COATING MORTAR
FORMULATION AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS – 3
ACRYLIC WATER INSULATION MEMBRANE

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


22 – ACRYLIC BASED AND TRANSPARENT
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
23 – ACRYLIC BASED AND TRANSPARENT
WATERPROOFING WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
24 – ACRYLIC BASED AND TRANSPARENT
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
25 – ACRYLIC BASED AND UV RESISTANT TRANSPARENT
ELASTIC WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
26 – ACRYLIC BASED AND UV RESISTANT TRANSPARENT
ELASTIC WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
27 – ACRYLIC BASED AND UV RESISTANT TRANSPARENT
ELASTIC WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
28 – ACRYLIC AND LATEX BASED TRANSPARENT
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
29 – ACRYLIC AND LATEX BASED TRANSPARENT
WATERPROOFING WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
30 – ACRYLIC AND LATEX BASED TRANSPARENT
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
31 – ACRYLIC AND LATEX BASED TRANSPARENT
UV RESISTANT AND ELASTIC FEATURE
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
32 – ACRYLIC AND LATEX BASED TRANSPARENT
UV RESISTANT AND ELASTIC FEATURE
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
33 – ACRYLIC AND LATEX BASED TRANSPARENT
UV RESISTANT AND ELASTIC FEATURE
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
34 – ACRYLIC BASED AND ANTIFREEZE FEATURE
TRANSPARENT WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
35 – ACRYLIC BASED AND ANTIFREEZE FEATURE
TRANSPARENT WATERPROOFING WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
36 – ACRYLIC BASED AND ANTIFREEZE FEATURE
TRANSPARENT WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

ACRYLIC BASED AND FILLER AGENT ADDED

WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


37 – ACRYLIC BASED AND FILLER AGENT ADDED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
38 – ACRYLIC BASED AND FILLER AGENT ADDED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
39 – ACRYLIC BASED AND FILLER AGENT ADDED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
40 – ACRYLIC BASED AND SILICONE FEATURE
FILLER AGENT ADDED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
41 – ACRYLIC BASED AND SILICONE FEATURE
FILLER AGENT ADDED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
42 – ACRYLIC BASED AND SILICONE FEATURE
FILLER AGENT ADDED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
43 – ACRYLIC BASED AND UV RESISTANT FEATURE
FILLER AGENT ADDED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
44 – ACRYLIC BASED AND UV RESISTANT FEATURE
FILLER AGENT ADDED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
45 – ACRYLIC BASED AND UV RESISTANT FEATURE
FILLER AGENT ADDED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
46 – ACRYLIC BASED AND FILLER AGENT ADDED
UV RESISTANT AND SILICONE FEATURE
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
47 – ACRYLIC BASED AND FILLER AGENT ADDED
UV RESISTANT AND SILICONE FEATURE
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
48 – ACRYLIC BASED AND FILLER AGENT ADDED
UV RESISTANT AND SILICONE FEATURE
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

TWO COMPONENT AND CEMENT BASED GREY

WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


49 – TWO COMPONENT AND CEMENT BASED GREY
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
50 – TWO COMPONENT AND CEMENT BASED GREY
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
51 – TWO COMPONENT AND CEMENT BASED GREY
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
52 – TWO COMPONENT CEMENT BASED AND SILICONE ADDED
GREY WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
53 – TWO COMPONENT CEMENT BASED AND SILICONE ADDED
GREY WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
54 – TWO COMPONENT CEMENT BASED AND SILICONE ADDED
GREY WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
TWO COMPONENT AND CEMENT BASED WHITE

WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


55 – TWO COMPONENT AND CEMENT BASED WHITE
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
56 – TWO COMPONENT AND CEMENT BASED WHITE
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
57 – TWO COMPONENT AND CEMENT BASED WHITE
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
58 – TWO COMPONENT CEMENT BASED AND SILICONE ADDED
WHITE WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
59 – TWO COMPONENT CEMENT BASED AND SILICONE ADDED
WHITE WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
60 – TWO COMPONENT CEMENT BASED AND SILICONE ADDED
WHITE WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
61 – TWO COMPONENT CEMENT BASED AND ANTIFREEZE FEATURE
WHITE WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
62 – TWO COMPONENT CEMENT BASED AND ANTIFREEZE FEATURE
WHITE WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
63 – TWO COMPONENT CEMENT BASED AND ANTIFREEZE FEATURE
WHITE WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
64 – TWO COMPONENT CEMENT BASED AND ANTIFREEZE FEATURE
GREY WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
65 – TWO COMPONENT CEMENT BASED AND ANTIFREEZE FEATURE
GREY WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
66 – TWO COMPONENT CEMENT BASED AND ANTIFREEZE FEATURE
GREY WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

TWO COMPONENT AND BITUMEN BASED

WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


67 – TWO COMPONENT AND BITUMEN BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
68 – TWO COMPONENT AND BITUMEN BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
69 – TWO COMPONENT AND BITUMEN BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
70 – TWO COMPONENT AND POLYMER REINFORCED
BITUMEN WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
71 – TWO COMPONENT AND POLYMER REINFORCED
BITUMEN WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
72 – TWO COMPONENT AND POLYMER REINFORCED
BITUMEN WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
73 – TWO COMPONENT AND WATERPROOF REINFORCED
BITUMEN WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
74 – TWO COMPONENT AND WATERPROOF REINFORCED
BITUMEN WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
75 – TWO COMPONENT AND WATERPROOF REINFORCED
BITUMEN WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

TWO COMPONENT

GREY CEMENT AND LATEX BASED

WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


76 – TWO COMPONENT GREY CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
77 – TWO COMPONENT GREY CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
78 – TWO COMPONENT GREY CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
79 – TWO COMPONENT AND SILICONE ADDED
GREY CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
80 – TWO COMPONENT AND SILICONE ADDED
GREY CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
81 – TWO COMPONENT AND SILICONE ADDED
GREY CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
82 – TWO COMPONENT AND POLYMER REINFORCED
GREY CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
83 – TWO COMPONENT AND POLYMER REINFORCED
GREY CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
84 – TWO COMPONENT AND POLYMER REINFORCED
GREY CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

TWO COMPONENT

WHITE CEMENT AND LATEX BASED

WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


85 – TWO COMPONENT WHITE CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
86 – TWO COMPONENT WHITE CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
87 – TWO COMPONENT WHITE CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
88 – TWO COMPONENT AND SILICONE ADDED
WHITE CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
89 – TWO COMPONENT AND SILICONE ADDED
WHITE CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
90 – TWO COMPONENT AND SILICONE ADDED
WHITE CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
91 – TWO COMPONENT AND POLYMER REINFORCED
WHITE CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
92 – TWO COMPONENT AND POLYMER REINFORCED
WHITE CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
93 – TWO COMPONENT AND POLYMER REINFORCED
WHITE CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN BASED

WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) VARNISH

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


94 – ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) VARNISH
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
95 – ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) VARNISH
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
96 – ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) VARNISH
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN BASED

WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) PRIMER

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


97 – ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) PRIMER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
98 – ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) PRIMER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
99 – ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) PRIMER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

ONE COMPONENT

BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) AND RUBBER ) BASED

WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) PRIMER

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


100 – ONE COMPONENT, BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) AND RUBBER BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) PRIMER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
101 – ONE COMPONENT, BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) AND RUBBER BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) PRIMER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
102 – ONE COMPONENT, BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) AND RUBBER BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) PRIMER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN EMULSION BASED

WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


103 – ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN EMULSION BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
104 – ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN EMULSION BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
105 – ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN EMULSION BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION ) MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE

POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


106 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND MEDIUM HARD
WHITE POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
107 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND MEDIUM HARD
WHITE POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
108 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND MEDIUM HARD
WHITE POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
109 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND FLEXIBLE
WHITE POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
110 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND FLEXIBLE
WHITE POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
111 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND FLEXIBLE
WHITE POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
112 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND MEDIUM HARD
GREY POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
113 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND MEDIUM HARD
GREY POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
114 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND MEDIUM HARD
GREY POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
115 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND FLEXIBLE
GREY POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
116 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND FLEXIBLE
GREY POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
117 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND FLEXIBLE
GREY POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
118 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND MEDIUM HARD
GREEN POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
119 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND MEDIUM HARD
GREEN POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
120 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND MEDIUM HARD
GREEN POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
121 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND FLEXIBLE
GREEN POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
122 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND FLEXIBLE
GREEN POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
123 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND FLEXIBLE
GREEN POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
124 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND MEDIUM HARD
RED POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
125 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND MEDIUM HARD
RED POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
126 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND MEDIUM HARD
RED POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
127 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND FLEXIBLE
RED POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
128 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND FLEXIBLE
RED POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
129 – TWO COMPONENT, SOLVENT FREE AND FLEXIBLE
RED POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
TWO COMPONENT AND COALTAR BASED

SOLVENT FREE AND FLEXIBLE

POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


130 – TWO COMPONENT AND COALTAR BASED
SOLVENT FREE AND FLEXIBLE
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
131 – TWO COMPONENT AND COALTAR BASED
SOLVENT FREE AND FLEXIBLE
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
132 – TWO COMPONENT AND COALTAR BASED
SOLVENT FREE AND FLEXIBLE
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

LIQUID CONCRETE PLASTICIZER ( FLUIDIZER )

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


133 – LIQUID CONCRETE PLASTICIZER ( FLUIDIZER )
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
134 – LIQUID CONCRETE PLASTICIZER ( FLUIDIZER )
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
135 – LIQUID CONCRETE PLASTICIZER ( FLUIDIZER )
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
136 – LIQUID CONCRETE PLASTICIZER ( FLUIDIZER )
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 4
137 – LIQUID CONCRETE PLASTICIZER ( FLUIDIZER )
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 5
138 – LIQUID CONCRETE PLASTICIZER ( FLUIDIZER )
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 6
POWDER CONCRETE PLASTICIZER ( FLUIDIZER )

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


139 – POWDER CONCRETE PLASTICIZER ( FLUIDIZER )
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
140 – POWDER CONCRETE PLASTICIZER ( FLUIDIZER )
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
141 – POWDER CONCRETE PLASTICIZER ( FLUIDIZER )
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

CONCRETE SET ACCELERATOR

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


142 – CONCRETE SET ACCELERATOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
143 – CONCRETE SET ACCELERATOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
144 – CONCRETE SET ACCELERATOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NON CHLORIDE LIQUID CONCRETE SET ACCELERATOR

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


145 – NON CHLORIDE LIQUID CONCRETE SET ACCELERATOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
146 – NON CHLORIDE LIQUID CONCRETE SET ACCELERATOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
147 – NON CHLORIDE LIQUID CONCRETE SET ACCELERATOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

CONCRETE SET RETARDER

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


148 – CONCRETE SET RETARDER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
149 – CONCRETE SET RETARDER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
150 – CONCRETE SET RETARDER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

CONCRETE ANTIFREEZE

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


151 – CONCRETE ANTIFREEZE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
152 – CONCRETE ANTIFREEZE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
153 – CONCRETE ANTIFREEZE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

POLYMER EMULSION ( LATEX ) BASED MORTAR ADDITIVES

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


154 – POLYMER EMULSION BASED MORTAR ADDITIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
155 – POLYMER EMULSION BASED MORTAR ADDITIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
156 – POLYMER EMULSION BASED MORTAR ADDITIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
157 – POLYMER EMULSION BASED
AND WATERPROOF FEATURE MORTAR ADDITIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
158 – POLYMER EMULSION BASED
AND WATERPROOF FEATURE MORTAR ADDITIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
159 – POLYMER EMULSION BASED
AND WATERPROOF FEATURE MORTAR ADDITIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
160 – POLYMER EMULSION BASED
AND ANTIFREEZE FEATURE MORTAR ADDITIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
161 – POLYMER EMULSION BASED
AND ANTIFREEZE FEATURE MORTAR ADDITIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
162 – POLYMER EMULSION BASED
AND ANTIFREEZE FEATURE MORTAR ADDITIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

ACRYLIC EMULSION BASED CONCRETE PRIMER

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


163 – ACRYLIC EMULSION BASED CONCRETE PRIMER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
164 – ACRYLIC EMULSION BASED CONCRETE PRIMER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
165 – ACRYLIC EMULSION BASED CONCRETE PRIMER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
166 – ACRYLIC EMULSION BASED AND
ANTIFREEZE FEATURE CONCRETE PRIMER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
167 – ACRYLIC EMULSION BASED AND
ANTIFREEZE FEATURE CONCRETE PRIMER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
168 – ACRYLIC EMULSION BASED AND
ANTIFREEZE FEATURE CONCRETE PRIMER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

TWO COMPONENT AND EPOXY BASED LAMINATING COATING

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


169 – TWO COMPONENT AND EPOXY BASED
LAMINATING COATING FOR WATER CRACKS
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
170 – TWO COMPONENT AND EPOXY BASED
LAMINATING COATING FOR WATER CRACKS
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
171 – TWO COMPONENT AND EPOXY BASED
LAMINATING COATING FOR WATER CRACKS
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
172 – TWO COMPONENT, EPOXY BASED AND UV RESISTANT
LAMINATING COATING FOR WATER CRACKS
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
173 – TWO COMPONENT, EPOXY BASED AND UV RESISTANT
LAMINATING COATING FOR WATER CRACKS
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
174 – TWO COMPONENT, EPOXY BASED AND UV RESISTANT
LAMINATING COATING FOR WATER CRACKS
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
175 – TWO COMPONENT, EPOXY BASED AND TRANSPARENT
LAMINATING COATING FOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
176 – TWO COMPONENT, EPOXY BASED AND TRANSPARENT
LAMINATING COATING FOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
177 – TWO COMPONENT, EPOXY BASED AND TRANSPARENT
LAMINATING COATING FOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
178 – TWO COMPONENT AND TRANSPARENT
EPOXY BASED AND UV RESISTANT
LAMINATING COATING FOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
179 – TWO COMPONENT AND TRANSPARENT
EPOXY BASED AND UV RESISTANT
LAMINATING COATING FOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
180 – TWO COMPONENT AND TRANSPARENT
EPOXY BASED AND UV RESISTANT
LAMINATING COATING FOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

TILE ADHESIVE PASTE

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


181 – TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
182 – TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
183 – TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
184 – SILICONE BASED TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
185 – SILICONE BASED TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
186 – SILICONE BASED TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
187 – BITUMEN BASED TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
188 – BITUMEN BASED TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
189 – BITUMEN BASED TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
190 – SILICONE AND BITUMEN BASED
TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
191 – SILICONE AND BITUMEN BASED
TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
192 – SILICONE AND BITUMEN BASED
TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

PVC PARQUET ADHESIVE

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


193 – PVC PARQUET ADHESIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
194 – PVC PARQUET ADHESIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
195 – PVC PARQUET ADHESIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
196 – SOLVENT FREE CARPET AND SPONGE ADHESIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
197 – SOLVENT FREE CARPET AND SPONGE ADHESIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
198 – SOLVENT FREE CARPET AND SPONGE ADHESIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
199 – RESIN BASED PVC PARQUET ADHESIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
200 – RESIN BASED PVC PARQUET ADHESIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
201 – RESIN BASED PVC PARQUET ADHESIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
202 – RESIN AND RUBBER BASED
PVC PARQUET ADHESIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
203 – RESIN AND RUBBER BASED
PVC PARQUET ADHESIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
204 – RESIN AND RUBBER BASED
PVC PARQUET ADHESIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
205 – PVC HOTMELT ADHESIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
206 – PVC HOTMELT ADHESIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
207 – PVC HOTMELT ADHESIVE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

THREE COMPONENT AND EPOXY BASED

FIXING AND REPAIR MORTAR

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


208 – THREE COMPONENT AND EPOXY BASED
FIXING AND REPAIR MORTAR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
209 – THREE COMPONENT AND EPOXY BASED
FIXING AND REPAIR MORTAR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
210 – THREE COMPONENT AND EPOXY BASED
FIXING AND REPAIR MORTAR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
211 – THREE COMPONENT AND RAPID SET
EPOXY BASED FIXING AND REPAIR MORTAR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
212 – THREE COMPONENT AND RAPID SET
EPOXY BASED FIXING AND REPAIR MORTAR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
213 – THREE COMPONENT AND RAPID SET
EPOXY BASED FIXING AND REPAIR MORTAR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

ONE COMPONENT ROAD MARKING PAINT

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


214 – ONE COMPONENT ROAD MARKING PAINT
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
216 – ONE COMPONENT ROAD MARKING PAINT
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
217 – ONE COMPONENT ROAD MARKING PAINT
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
217 – ONE COMPONENT AND FLEXIBLE
ROAD MARKING PAINT
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
218 – ONE COMPONENT AND FLEXIBLE
ROAD MARKING PAINT
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
219 – ONE COMPONENT AND FLEXIBLE
ROAD MARKING PAINT
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

TWO COMPONENT ROAD MARKING PAINT

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


220 – TWO COMPONENT ROAD MARKING PAINT
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
221 – TWO COMPONENT ROAD MARKING PAINT
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
222 – TWO COMPONENT ROAD MARKING PAINT
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
223 – TWO COMPONENT AND FLEXIBLE
ROAD MARKING PAINT
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
224 – TWO COMPONENT AND FLEXIBLE
ROAD MARKING PAINT
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
225 – TWO COMPONENT AND FLEXIBLE
ROAD MARKING PAINT
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

MINERAL PLASTER PASTE AND MINERAL PLASTER

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


226 – MINERAL PLASTER PASTE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
227 – MINERAL PLASTER PASTE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
228 – MINERAL PLASTER FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
229 – MINERAL PLASTER FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
230 – MINERAL PLASTER FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
231 – SILICONE BASED MINERAL PLASTER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
232 – SILICONE BASED MINERAL PLASTER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
233 – SILICONE BASED MINERAL PLASTER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

CELLULOSE THINNERS

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


234 – CELLULOSE THINNER FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
235 – CELLULOSE THINNER FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
236 – CELLULOSE THINNER FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
237 – CELLULOSE THINNER FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 4
238 – CELLULOSE THINNER FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 5

SYNTHETIC THINNERS

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


239 – SYNTHETIC THINNER FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
240 – SYNTHETIC THINNER FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
241 – SYNTHETIC THINNER FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
242 – SYNTHETIC THINNER FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 4
243 – SYNTHETIC THINNER FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 5

ACRYLIC THINNERS

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


244 – ACRYLIC THINNER FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
245 – ACRYLIC THINNER FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
246 – ACRYLIC THINNER FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

MACHINE PLASTER INTERIOR

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


247 – MACHINE PLASTER FOR INTERIOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
248 – MACHINE PLASTER FOR INTERIOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
249 – MACHINE PLASTER FOR INTERIOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
250 – WATERPROOF MACHINE PLASTER FOR INTERIOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
251 – WATERPROOF MACHINE PLASTER FOR INTERIOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
252 – WATERPROOF MACHINE PLASTER FOR INTERIOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
243 – PERLITE BASED MACHINE PLASTER FOR INTERIOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
254 – PERLITE BASED MACHINE PLASTER FOR INTERIOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
255 – PERLITE BASED MACHINE PLASTER FOR INTERIOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
256 – PERLITE BASED AND WATERPROOF
MACHINE PLASTER FOR INTERIOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
257 – PERLITE BASED AND WATERPROOF
MACHINE PLASTER FOR INTERIOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
258 – PERLITE BASED AND WATERPROOF
MACHINE PLASTER FOR INTERIOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

MACHINE PLASTER EXTERIOR

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


259 – MACHINE PLASTER FOR EXTERIOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
260 – MACHINE PLASTER FOR EXTERIOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
261 – MACHINE PLASTER FOR EXTERIOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
262 – PERLITE BASED MACHINE PLASTER FOR EXTERIOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
263 – PERLITE BASED MACHINE PLASTER FOR EXTERIOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
264 – PERLITE BASED MACHINE PLASTER FOR EXTERIOR
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
MACHINE CONCRETE SMOOTHING FINE PLASTER

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


265 – WHITE MACHINE CONCRETE SMOOTING
SATIN FINE PLASTERING
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
266 – WHITE MACHINE CONCRETE SMOOTING
SATIN FINE PLASTERING
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
267 – WHITE MACHINE CONCRETE SMOOTING
SATIN FINE PLASTERING
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
268 – GREY MACHINE CONCRETE SMOOTING
SATIN FINE PLASTERING
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
269 – GREY MACHINE CONCRETE SMOOTING
SATIN FINE PLASTERING
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
270 – GREY MACHINE CONCRETE SMOOTING
SATIN FINE PLASTERING
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

GYPSUM BASED MACHINE STUCCO PLASTER

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


271 – GYPSUM BASED MACHINE STUCCO PLASTER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
272 – GYPSUM BASED MACHINE STUCCO PLASTER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
273 – GYPSUM BASED MACHINE STUCCO PLASTER
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
GYPSUM BASED MACHINE SATIN PASTE

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS


274 – GYPSUM BASED MACHINE SATIN PASTE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
275 – GYPSUM BASED MACHINE SATIN PASTE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
276 – GYPSUM BASED MACHINE SATIN PASTE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
277 – GYPSUM BASED AND WATERPROOF
MACHINE SATIN PASTE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
278 – GYPSUM BASED AND WATERPROOF
MACHINE SATIN PASTE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
279 – GYPSUM BASED AND WATERPROOF
MACHINE SATIN PASTE
FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

GREY SELF LEVELLING FLOOR COMPOUND ( SCREED )

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS

280 – GREY SELF LEVELLING FLOOR COMPOUND ( SCREED )

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

281 – GREY SELF LEVELLING FLOOR COMPOUND ( SCREED )

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

282 – GREY SELF LEVELLING FLOOR COMPOUND ( SCREED )

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

283 – HYDROPHOBIC AND GREY

SELF LEVELLING FLOOR COMPOUND ( SCREED )

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1


284 – HYDROPHOBIC AND GREY

SELF LEVELLING FLOOR COMPOUND ( SCREED )

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

285 – HYDROPHOBIC AND GREY

SELF LEVELLING FLOOR COMPOUND ( SCREED )

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

WHITE SELF LEVELLING FLOOR COMPOUND ( SCREED )

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS

286 – WHITE SELF LEVELLING FLOOR COMPOUND ( SCREED )

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

287 – WHITE SELF LEVELLING FLOOR COMPOUND ( SCREED )

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

288 – WHITE SELF LEVELLING FLOOR COMPOUND ( SCREED )

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

289 – HYDROPHOBIC AND WHITE

SELF LEVELLING FLOOR COMPOUND ( SCREED )

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

290 – HYDROPHOBIC AND WHITE

SELF LEVELLING FLOOR COMPOUND ( SCREED )

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

291 – HYDROPHOBIC AND WHITE

SELF LEVELLING FLOOR COMPOUND ( SCREED )

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3


CEMENT BASED

WATERPROOF MORTAR ADDITIVES

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS

292 – CEMENT BASED WATERPROOF MORTAR ADDITIVES

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

293 – CEMENT BASED WATERPROOF MORTAR ADDITIVES

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

294 – CEMENT BASED WATERPROOF MORTAR ADDITIVES

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

JAMB ADHESIVE MORTAR

FORMULATIONS AND MANUFACTURING PROCESS

295 – CEMENT BASED JAMB ADHESIVE MORTAR

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

296 – CEMENT BASED JAMB ADHESIVE MORTAR

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

297 – CEMENT BASED JAMB ADHESIVE MORTAR

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

298 – CEMENT BASED AND RAPID SET

JAMB ADHESIVE MORTAR

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

299 – CEMENT BASED AND RAPID SET

JAMB ADHESIVE MORTAR

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2


300 – CEMENT BASED AND RAPID SET

JAMB ADHESIVE MORTAR

FORMULATION AND PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

SOME INGREDIENTS USING

CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS PRODUCTION

A
301 – ACETIC ACID
303 – ACETONE
305 – ACETYLATED LANOLIN
307 – ACNIBIO AC
309 – ACNIBIO AP
311 - ACRYLIC BINDER
313 - AEROSIL 200
315 - ALUMINUM OXIDE
317 - ALUMINIUM SILICATE
319 – AMINO TRIMETHYLENE PHOSPHORIC ACID ( ATMP )
321 – AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE ( AMMONIA )
323 – AMMONIUM CHLORIDE
325 - ANTI-COLLAPSE AGENT ( çökme önleyici )
327 - ANTIFOAM LIQUID AGENT
329 - ANTIFOAM POWDER AGENT

B
331 - BARITE
333 - BARIUM SULFATE
335 - BEESWAX
337 - BENTONITE
339 - BENZALDEHYDE
341 - BENZOTRIAZOLE
343 - BENZOYL PEROXIDE
345 - BENZYL ALCOHOL
347 - BITUMEN
349 - BORAX
351 - BORIC ACID
353 - BORON
355 - BUTYL ACETATE
357 - BUTYLENE GLYCOL
359 - BUTYL GLYCOL ACETATE

C
361 - CALCITE MINERAL
363 - CALCIUM CARBONATE
365 - CALCIUM CHLORIDE
367 - CALCIUM FORMATE
369 - CALCIUM HYDROXIDE
371 - CALCIUM HYPOCHLORIDE ( POWDER CHLORINE )
373 - CALCIUM NITRATE
375 - CALCIUM OCTOATE
377 - CALCIUM SILICATE
379 - CALCIUM STEARATE
381 - CALCIUM SULFATE
383 - CARBOXYMETHYL CELLULOSE ( CMC )
385 - CARMOISINE ( RED PIGMENT )
387 - CARNAUBA WAX FLAKE
389 - CARNAUBA WAX EMULSION
391 - CASTOR OIL
393 - CHLOROPARAFFIN WAX
395 - CINNAMYL ALCOHOL
397 - CITRIC ACID
399 - COCAMIDE DEA
401 - COCAMIDE MEA
403 - COCOAMIDOPROPYL BETAINE
405 - COLOPHON RESIN
407 - CORN STARCH
409 - CORUNDUM STONE

D
411 - DECYLAMINE OXIDE
413 - DECYL OLEATE
415 - DIBUTYLTIN DILAURATE
417 - DIETHANOLAMINE ( DEA )
419 - DIETHYLENE GLYCOL
421 - DIETHYLHYDROXYLAMINE ( DEHA )
423 - DIISOBUTYL PHTHALATE ( DIBP )
425 - DIOCTYL ETHER
427 - DIPROPYLENE GLYCOL
429 - DOLOMITE

E
431 - EDTA
433 - EPOXY HARDENER
435 - EPOXY REACTIVE DILUENT
437 - EPOXY RESIN
439 - ETHYL ACETATE
441 - ETHYL ALCOHOL
443 - ETIDRONIC ACID ( HEDP )

F
445 - FORMALDEHYDE

G
447 - GLASS BEADS
449 – GLYCERINE
451 - GRANULAR PATTERN STONE

H
453 – HEXANE
455 - HYDRAULIC LIME
457 - HYDRAZINE
459 - HYDROCHLORIC ACID
461 - HYDROFLUORIC ACID
463 - HYDROGEN PEROXIDE
465 - HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC )
467 - HYDROXYETHYL METHACRYLATE
469 - HYDROXYPROPYL METHYL CELLULOSE ( HPMC )

I
471 - ISOBUTANOL
473 - ISOCYANATE ALIPHATIC ( metalik boya sertleştiricisi )
475 - ISOPROPYL ACETATE
477 - ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL

K
479 – KAOLINITE

L
481 - LATEX
483 - LIQUID DEXTRIN GLUE
485 - LIQUID PARAFFIN
487 - LITHIUM CARBONATE
489 - LONG OIL ALKYD RESIN

M
491 - MAGNESIUM CARBONATE
493 - MAGNESIUM HYDROXIDE
495 - MAGNESIUM OXIDE
497 - MAGNESIUM SILICATE
499 - MAGNESIUM SULFATE MONOHYDRATE
501 - MANGANESE OCTOATE
503 - MELAMINE SULFONATE
505 - METHYL ALCOHOL
507 - METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC )
509 - METHYL ETHYŞ KETONE ( MEK )
511 - METHYLETHYL KETONE OXIME ( MEKO )
513 - METHYLENE CHLORIDE
515 - MICA POWDER
517 - MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL
519 - MONOPROPYLENE GLYCOL

N
521 - NAPHTHALENE SULFONATE
523 - NITRIC ACID
525 – NITROCELLULOSE

O
527 – OLEIC ACID

P
529 - PATTERN STONE ( Desen taşı )
531 - PEG – 40 HYDROGENATED CASTOR OIL
533 - PERLITE
535 - PHOSPHORIC ACID
537 - PIGMENT PASTE
539 - PROPYLENE FIBER
541 - POLYMER POWDER
543 - POLYMETHYL METHACRYLATE
545 - POLYVINYL ALCOHOL ( PVA )
547 - PORLAND CEMENT
549 - POTASSIUM ACETATE
551 - POTASSIUM CARBONATE
553 - POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE ( KOH )
555 - POTASSIUM SULFATE
557 - PUMICE POWDER
R
559 - RAPID ALKYD

S
561 - SHORT OIL ALKYD RESIN
563 - SILICA SAND
565 - SILICONE EMULSION
567 - SODIUM CARBONATE
569 - SODIUM GLUCONATE
571 - SODIUM HEGZAMETAPHOSPHATE ( SHMP )
573 - SODIUM HYDROXIDE
575 - SODIUM SULFATE
577 - SODIUM TRIPOLYPHOSPHATE ( STPP )
579 - SOY LECITHIN
581 - STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER
583 - SULPHURIC ACID

W
585 - WETTING AGENT FOR PAINTS
587 - WHEAT STARCH
589 - WHITE SPIRIT

X
591 - XYLENE

T
593 - TALC
595 - TARTARIC ACID
597 - THERMOPLASTIC ACRYLIC RESIN
599 - TEXANOL ESTER ALCOHOL
601 - TITANIUM DIOXIDE
603 - TRIETHANOLAMINE ( TEA )
605 - TOLUENE

Z
607 - ZINC CHROMATE
609 - ZINC STEARATE
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

JAMB

COATING MORTAR

PRODUCTIONS
JAMB
COATING MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 220
( MEDIUM HARD )

2 TEXANOL 2

3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1

5 WETTING AGENT 1

6 HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE ( HEC ) 2.5

7 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 400

8 CALCITE ( 100 – 200 MICRON ) 172

9 AMMONIA ( LIQUID ) 0.500

10 WATER 200
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add 1, 2,


3, 4, 5, ingredients and mix thoroughly. Dissolve these ingredients in the
water completely. Add silica sand and calcite while mixing. Add
hydroxyethylcellulose and mix well. Add ammonia slowly until mixture is
thickness less. When thickness is enough for mixture, stop adding
ammonia. Then continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

** 1 **
JAMB
COATING MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 190
( MEDIUM HARD )

2 TEXANOL 2

3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.5

5 WETTING AGENT 1

6 HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE ( HEC ) 2

7 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 400

8 CALCITE ( 100 – 200 MICRON ) 165

9 AMMONIA ( LIQUID ) 0.500

10 WATER 238
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add 1, 2,


3, 4, 5, ingredients and mix thoroughly. Dissolve these ingredients in the
water completely. Add silica sand and calcite while mixing. Add
hydroxyethylcellulose and mix well. Add ammonia slowly until mixture is
thickness less. When thickness is enough for mixture, stop adding
ammonia. Then continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

** 2 **
JAMB
COATING MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 170
( MEDIUM HARD )

2 TEXANOL 2

3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.5

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.5

5 WETTING AGENT 1

6 HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE ( HEC ) 3

7 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 375

8 CALCITE ( 100 – 200 MICRON ) 190

9 POTASSIUM CARBONATE 1

10 WATER 257
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add 1, 2,


3, 4, 5, ingredients and mix thoroughly. Dissolve these ingredients in the
water completely. Add silica sand and calcite while mixing. Add
hydroxyethylcellulose and mix well. Add potassium carbonate slowly
until mixture is thickness less. When thickness is enough for mixture,
stop adding potassium carbonate. Then continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

** 3 **
LATEX ADDED
JAMB COATING MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 190
( MEDIUM HARD )
2 LATEX BINDER 20
3 TEXANOL 2

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.500

5 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1

6 WETTING AGENT 1

7 HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE ( HEC ) 3

8 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 400

9 CALCITE ( 100 – 200 MICRON ) 172

10 AMMONIA ( LIQUID ) 0.500

11 WATER 210
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add 1, 2,


3, 4, 5, 6 ingredients and mix thoroughly. Dissolve these ingredients in
the water completely. Add silica sand and calcite while mixing. Add
hydroxyethylcellulose and mix well. Add ammonia slowly until mixture is
thickness less. When thickness is enough for mixture, stop adding
ammonia. Then continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

** 4 **
LATEX ADDED
JAMB COATING MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 180
( MEDIUM HARD )
2 LATEX BINDER 15
3 TEXANOL 2

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.5

5 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.5

6 WETTING AGENT 1

7 HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE ( HEC ) 2

8 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 364

9 CALCITE ( 100 – 200 MICRON ) 200

10 AMMONIA ( LIQUID ) 0.500

11 WATER 235
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add 1, 2,


3, 4, 5, 6 ingredients and mix thoroughly. Dissolve these ingredients in
the water completely. Add silica sand and calcite while mixing. Add
hydroxyethylcellulose and mix well. Add ammonia slowly until mixture is
thickness less. When thickness is enough for mixture, stop adding
ammonia. Then continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

** 5 **
LATEX ADDED
JAMB COATING MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 160
( MEDIUM HARD )
2 LATEX BINDER 10
3 TEXANOL 2

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.5

5 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.5

6 WETTING AGENT 1

7 HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE ( HEC ) 3

8 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 450

9 CALCITE ( 100 – 200 MICRON ) 120

10 POTASSIUM CARBONATE 1

11 WATER 252
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add 1, 2,


3, 4, 5, 6 ingredients and mix thoroughly. Dissolve these ingredients in
the water completely. Add silica sand and calcite while mixing. Add
hydroxyethylcellulose and mix well. Add potassium carbonate slowly
until mixture is thickness less. When thickness is enough for mixture,
stop adding potassium carbonate. Then continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

** 6 **
HYDROPHOBIC
JAMB COATING MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 215
( MEDIUM HARD )

2 TEXANOL 2

3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1

5 WETTING AGENT 1
6 ZINC STEARATE 3
7 HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE ( HEC ) 2

8 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 450

9 CALCITE ( 100 – 200 MICRON ) 120

10 AMMONIA ( LIQUID ) 1

11 WATER 204
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add 1, 2,


3, 4, 5, 6 ingredients and mix thoroughly. Dissolve these ingredients in
the water completely. Add silica sand and calcite while mixing. Add
hydroxyethylcellulose and mix well. Add ammonia slowly until mixture is
thickness less. When thickness is enough for mixture, stop adding
ammonia. Then continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

** 7 **
HYDROPHOBIC
JAMB COATING MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 180
( MEDIUM HARD )

2 TEXANOL 2

3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.5

5 WETTING AGENT 0.5


6 CALCIUM STEARATE 3
7 HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE ( HEC ) 2

8 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 450

9 CALCITE ( 100 – 200 MICRON ) 130

10 AMMONIA ( LIQUID ) 1

11 WATER 230
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add 1, 2,


3, 4, 5, 6 ingredients and mix thoroughly. Dissolve these ingredients in
the water completely. Add silica sand and calcite while mixing. Add
hydroxyethylcellulose and mix well. Add ammonia slowly until mixture is
thickness less. When thickness is enough for mixture, stop adding
ammonia. Then continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

** 8 **
HYDROPHOBIC
JAMB COATING MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 175
( MEDIUM HARD )

2 TEXANOL 2

3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.5

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.5

5 WETTING AGENT 1
6 CALCIUM STEARATE 2
7 HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE ( HEC ) 3

8 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 360

9 CALCITE ( 100 – 200 MICRON ) 210

10 POTASSIUM CARBONATE 1

11 WATER 245
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add 1, 2,


3, 4, 5, 6 ingredients and mix thoroughly. Dissolve these ingredients in
the water completely. Add silica sand and calcite while mixing. Add
hydroxyethylcellulose and mix well. Add potassium carbonate slowly
until mixture is thickness less. When thickness is enough for mixture,
stop adding potassium carbonate. Then continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

** 9 **
SANDBASTING
JAMB COATING ADHESIVE SOLUTION
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 225
( MEDIUM HARD )

2 TEXANOL 3

3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

5 WATER 770

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


styrene acrylic binder and mix well. Add texanol, antifoam agent and
preservative agent while mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent and antifoam have no chemical name. They


have trade names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: Above product is sprayed to the styrofoam by machine. Then


styrofoam is deposited in the sandbox to make coating on the styrofoam.

** 10 **
SANDBASTING
JAMB COATING ADHESIVE SOLUTION
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 200
( MEDIUM HARD )

2 TEXANOL 4

3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.5

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.5

5 WATER 795

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


styrene acrylic binder and mix well. Add texanol, antifoam agent and
preservative agent while mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent and antifoam have no chemical name. They


have trade names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: Above product is sprayed to the styrofoam by machine. Then


styrofoam is deposited in the sandbox to make coating on the styrofoam.

** 11 **
SANDBASTING
JAMB COATING ADHESIVE SOLUTION
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 175
( MEDIUM HARD )

2 TEXANOL 4

3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.5

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.5

5 WATER 820

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


styrene acrylic binder and mix well. Add texanol, antifoam agent and
preservative agent while mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent and antifoam have no chemical name. They


have trade names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: Above product is sprayed to the styrofoam by machine. Then


styrofoam is deposited in the sandbox to make coating on the styrofoam.

** 12 **
HYDROPHOBIC SANDBASTING JAMB
COATING ADHESIVE SOLUTION
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 200
( MEDIUM HARD )

2 TEXANOL 3

3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.5

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.5

5 CALCIUM STEARATE 2

6 WATER 794

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


styrene acrylic binder and mix well. Add texanol, antifoam agent and
preservative agent while mixing. Add calcium stearate and mix well.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent and antifoam have no chemical name. They


have trade names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: Above product is sprayed to the styrofoam by machine. Then


styrofoam is deposited in the sandbox to make coating on the styrofoam.

** 13 **
HYDROPHOBIC SANDBASTING JAMB
COATING ADHESIVE SOLUTION
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 185
( MEDIUM HARD )

2 TEXANOL 4

3 CALCIUM STEARATE 2.5

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1

5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.5

6 WATER 807

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


styrene acrylic binder and mix well. Add texanol, antifoam agent and
preservative agent while mixing. Add calcium stearate and mix well.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent and antifoam have no chemical name. They


have trade names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: Above product is sprayed to the styrofoam by machine. Then


styrofoam is deposited in the sandbox to make coating on the styrofoam.

** 14 **
HYDROPHOBIC SANDBASTING JAMB
COATING ADHESIVE SOLUTION
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 175
( MEDIUM HARD )

2 TEXANOL 2

3 ZINC STEARATE 2

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.5

5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.5

6 WATER 820

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


styrene acrylic binder and mix well. Add texanol, antifoam agent and
preservative agent while mixing. Add zinc stearate and mix well.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent and antifoam have no chemical name. They


have trade names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: Above product is sprayed to the styrofoam by machine. Then


styrofoam is deposited in the sandbox to make coating on the styrofoam.

** 15 **
HYDROPHOBIC SANDBASTING JAMB
COATING ADHESIVE SOLUTION
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 180
( MEDIUM HARD )

2 LATEX BINDER 15

3 TEXANOL 2

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.5

5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.5

6 WATER 802

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


styrene acrylic binder and mix well. Add texanol, antifoam agent and
preservative agent while mixing. Add latex binder and mix well. Continue
to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent and antifoam have no chemical name. They


have trade names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: Above product is sprayed to the styrofoam by machine. Then


styrofoam is deposited in the sandbox to make coating on the styrofoam.

** 16 **
LATEX ADDED SANDBASTING JAMB
COATING ADHESIVE SOLUTION
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 170
( MEDIUM HARD )

2 LATEX BINDER 10

3 TEXANOL 3

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1

5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.5

6 WATER 815.5

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


styrene acrylic binder and mix well. Add texanol, antifoam agent and
preservative agent while mixing. Add latex binder and mix well. Continue
to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent and antifoam have no chemical name. They


have trade names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: Above product is sprayed to the styrofoam by machine. Then


styrofoam is deposited in the sandbox to make coating on the styrofoam.

** 17 **
HYDROPHOBIC SANDBASTING JAMB
COATING ADHESIVE SOLUTION
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 170
( MEDIUM HARD )

2 LATEX BINDER 5

3 TEXANOL 4

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.5

5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.5

6 WATER 820

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


styrene acrylic binder and mix well. Add texanol, antifoam agent and
preservative agent while mixing. Add latex binder and mix well. Continue
to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent and antifoam have no chemical name. They


have trade names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: Above product is sprayed to the styrofoam by machine. Then


styrofoam is deposited in the sandbox to make coating on the styrofoam.

** 18 **
SPRAYING
JAMB COATING MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 210
( MEDIUM HARD )

2 TEXANOL 3

3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.5

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1

5 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 575

6 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 2

7 AMMONIA ( FOR PH ) 0.5

8 WATER 208

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add 1, 2,


3, 4, ingredients and mix thoroughly. Dissolve these ingredients in the
water completely. Add calcite while mixing. Add hydroxyethylcellulose
and mix well. Add ammonia slowly until mixture is thickness less. When
thickness is enough for mixture, stop adding ammonia. Then continue to
stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent and antifoam agent have no chemical name.


They have trade names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: Above mortar is sprayed on the styrofoam by machine directly.

** 19 **
SPRAYING
JAMB COATING MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 185
( MEDIUM HARD )

2 TEXANOL 4

3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.5

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1

5 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 550

6 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 2

7 AMMONIA ( FOR PH ) 0.5

8 WATER 257

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add 1, 2,


3, 4, ingredients and mix thoroughly. Dissolve these ingredients in the
water completely. Add calcite while mixing. Add hydroxyethylcellulose
and mix well. Add ammonia slowly until mixture is thickness less. When
thickness is enough for mixture, stop adding ammonia. Then continue to
stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent and antifoam agent have no chemical name.


They have trade names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: Above mortar is sprayed on the styrofoam by machine directly.

** 20 **
SPRAYING
JAMB COATING MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 170
( MEDIUM HARD )

2 TEXANOL 2

3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1

5 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 580

6 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 1.5

7 AMMONIA ( FOR PH ) 0.5

8 WATER 244

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add 1, 2,


3, 4, ingredients and mix thoroughly. Dissolve these ingredients in the
water completely. Add calcite while mixing. Add hydroxyethylcellulose
and mix well. Add ammonia slowly until mixture is thickness less. When
thickness is enough for mixture, stop adding ammonia. Then continue to
stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent and antifoam agent have no chemical name.


They have trade names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: Above mortar is sprayed on the styrofoam by machine directly.

** 21 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

ACRYLIC

WATER INSULATION

TRANSPARENT MEMBRANE

PRODUCTIONS
ACRYLIC BASED AND TRANSPARENT
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 750

2 TEXANOL 4.5

3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.5

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 2

5 WETTING AGENT 3

6 WATER 240
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

NOTE: This product is used on all surfaces to provide waterproofing by


forming a layer on the surface and capable of bridging cracks

** 22 **
ACRYLIC BASED AND TRANSPARENT
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 700

2 TEXANOL 3

3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.5

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1.5

5 WETTING AGENT 2

6 WATER 293
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

NOTE: This product is used on all surfaces to provide waterproofing by


forming a layer on the surface and capable of bridging cracks

** 23 **
ACRYLIC BASED AND TRANSPARENT
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 650

2 TEXANOL 4

3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 2

5 WETTING AGENT 2

6 WATER 341
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

NOTE: This product is used on all surfaces to provide waterproofing by


forming a layer on the surface and capable of bridging cracks

** 24 **
ACRYLIC BASED AND UV RESISTANT
TRANSPARENT WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 730

2 TEXANOL 3

3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 2

5 WETTING AGENT 3

6 UV ABSORBER AGENT 5

7 WATER 256
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

NOTE: This product is UV resistant feature and used on all surfaces to


provide waterproofing by forming a layer on the surface and capable of
bridging cracks

** 25 **
ACRYLIC BASED AND UV RESISTANT
TRANSPARENT WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 685

2 TEXANOL 3

3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 2

5 WETTING AGENT 3

6 UV ABSORBER AGENT 4

7 WATER 302
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

NOTE: This product is UV resistant feature and used on all surfaces to


provide waterproofing by forming a layer on the surface and capable of
bridging cracks

** 26 **
ACRYLIC BASED AND UV RESISTANT
TRANSPARENT WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 640

2 TEXANOL 2

3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 2

5 WETTING AGENT 2

6 UV ABSORBER AGENT 3

7 WATER 350
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

NOTE: This product is UV resistant feature and used on all surfaces to


provide waterproofing by forming a layer on the surface and capable of
bridging cracks

** 27 **
ACRYLIC AND LATEX BASED
TRANSPARENT WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 700

2 LATEX RESIN 50

3 TEXANOL 3

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

5 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1

6 WETTING AGENT 3

7 WATER 242
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and latex resin and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

NOTE: This product is used on all surfaces to provide waterproofing by


forming a layer on the surface and capable of bridging cracks

** 28 **
ACRYLIC AND LATEX BASED
TRANSPARENT WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 600

2 LATEX RESIN 35

3 TEXANOL 3

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

5 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1

6 WETTING AGENT 2

7 WATER 358
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and latex resin and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

NOTE: This product is used on all surfaces to provide waterproofing by


forming a layer on the surface and capable of bridging cracks

** 29 **
ACRYLIC AND LATEX BASED
TRANSPARENT WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 575

2 LATEX RESIN 25

3 TEXANOL 4

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

5 ANTIFOAM AGENT 2

6 WETTING AGENT 2

7 WATER 391
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and latex resin and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

NOTE: This product is used on all surfaces to provide waterproofing by


forming a layer on the surface and capable of bridging cracks

** 30 **
ACRYLIC AND LATEX BASED TRANSPARENT
UV RESISTANT WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 700

2 LATEX RESIN 40

3 TEXANOL 3

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

5 ANTIFOAM AGENT 2

6 WETTING AGENT 3

7 UV ABSORBER AGENT 4

8 WATER 247
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and latex resin and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

NOTE: This product is UV resistant feature and used on all surfaces to


provide waterproofing by forming a layer on the surface and capable of
bridging cracks

** 31 **
ACRYLIC AND LATEX BASED TRANSPARENT
UV RESISTANT WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 675

2 LATEX RESIN 30

3 TEXANOL 2.5

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

5 ANTIFOAM AGENT 2

6 WETTING AGENT 2

7 UV ABSORBER AGENT 3.5

8 WATER 284
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and latex resin and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

NOTE: This product is UV resistant feature and used on all surfaces to


provide waterproofing by forming a layer on the surface and capable of
bridging cracks

** 32 **
ACRYLIC AND ACRYLIC BASED TRANSPARENT
UV RESISTANT WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 650

2 LATEX RESIN 40

3 TEXANOL 2

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

5 ANTIFOAM AGENT 2

6 WETTING AGENT 1.5

7 UV ABSORBER AGENT 3.5

8 WATER 300
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

NOTE: This product is UV resistant feature and used on all surfaces to


provide waterproofing by forming a layer on the surface and capable of
bridging cracks

** 33 **
ACRYLIC BASED AND ANTIFREEZE FEATURE
TRANSPARENT WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 740

2 TEXANOL 4.5

3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.5

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 2

5 WETTING AGENT 3

6 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL ( MEG ) 10

7 WATER 240
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

NOTE: This product is antifreeze feature and used on all surfaces to


provide waterproofing by forming a layer on the surface and capable of
bridging cracks

** 34 **
ACRYLIC BASED AND ANTIFREEZE FEATURE
TRANSPARENT WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 715

2 TEXANOL 3

3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.5

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1.5

5 WETTING AGENT 2

6 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL ( MEG ) 8

7 WATER 270
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

NOTE: This product is antifreeze feature and used on all surfaces to


provide waterproofing by forming a layer on the surface and capable of
bridging cracks

** 35 **
ACRYLIC BASED AND ANTIFREEZE FEATURE
TRANSPARENT WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 646

2 TEXANOL 3

3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 2

5 WETTING AGENT 2

6 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL ( MEG ) 6

7 WATER 340
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent, antifoam and wetting agent have no


chemical name. They have trade names. They can be found trade
names from market.

NOTE: This product is antifreeze feature and used on all surfaces to


provide waterproofing by forming a layer on the surface and capable of
bridging cracks

** 36 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

ACRYLIC

WATER INSULATION

FILLER AGENT ADDED

MEMBRANE

PRODUCTIONS
ACRYLIC BASED AND FILLER AGENT ADDED
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 550

2 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 300

3 TEXANOL 2

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

5 WATER 147
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent has no chemical name. They have trade


names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: This product is used on all surfaces to provide waterproofing by


forming a layer on the surface and capable of bridging cracks

** 37 **
ACRYLIC BASED AND FILLER AGENT ADDED
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 500

2 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 350

3 TEXANOL 2

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

5 WATER 147
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent has no chemical name. They have trade


names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: This product is used on all surfaces to provide waterproofing by


forming a layer on the surface and capable of bridging cracks

** 38 **
ACRYLIC BASED AND FILLER AGENT ADDED
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 450

2 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 350

3 TEXANOL 2

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

5 WATER 197
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent has no chemical name. They have trade


names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: This product is used on all surfaces to provide waterproofing by


forming a layer on the surface and capable of bridging cracks

** 39 **
ACRYLIC BASED AND SILICONE FEATURE
FILLER AGENT ADDED
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 600

2 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 250

3 TEXANOL 2

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

5 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL 5

6 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 10

7 WATER 132
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent has no chemical name. They have trade


names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: This product is used on all surfaces to provide waterproofing by


forming a layer on the surface and capable of bridging cracks

** 40 **
ACRYLIC BASED AND SILICONE FEATURE
FILLER AGENT ADDED
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 550

2 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 285

3 TEXANOL 2

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

5 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL 5

6 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 8

7 WATER 149
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent has no chemical name. They have trade


names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: This product is used on all surfaces to provide waterproofing by


forming a layer on the surface and capable of bridging cracks

** 41 **
ACRYLIC BASED AND SILICONE FEATURE
FILLER AGENT ADDED
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 500

2 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 315

3 TEXANOL 2

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

5 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL 5

6 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 7

7 WATER 170
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent has no chemical name. They have trade


names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: This product is used on all surfaces to provide waterproofing by


forming a layer on the surface and capable of bridging cracks

** 42 **
ACRYLIC BASED AND UV RESISTANT FEATURE
FILLER AGENT ADDED
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 600

2 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 250

3 TEXANOL 2

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

5 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL 5

6 UV ABSORBER AGENT 5

7 WATER 137
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent has no chemical name. They have trade


names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: This product is used on all surfaces to provide waterproofing by


forming a layer on the surface and capable of bridging cracks

** 43 **
ACRYLIC BASED AND UV RESISTANT FEATURE
FILLER AGENT ADDED
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 550

2 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 285

3 TEXANOL 2

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

5 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL 5

6 UV ABSORBER AGENT 4

7 WATER 153
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent has no chemical name. They have trade


names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: This product is used on all surfaces to provide waterproofing by


forming a layer on the surface and capable of bridging cracks

** 44 **
ACRYLIC BASED AND UV RESISTANT FEATURE
FILLER AGENT ADDED
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 490

2 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 325

3 TEXANOL 2

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

5 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL 5

6 UV ABSORBER AGENT 4

7 WATER 173
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent has no chemical name. They have trade


names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: This product is used on all surfaces to provide waterproofing by


forming a layer on the surface and capable of bridging cracks

** 45 **
ACRYLIC BASED AND FILLER AGENT ADDED
UV RESISTANT AND SILICONE FEATURE
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 560

2 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 275

3 TEXANOL 2

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

5 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL 5

6 UV ABSORBER AGENT 5

7 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 5

8 WATER 147
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent has no chemical name. They have trade


names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: This product is used on all surfaces to provide waterproofing by


forming a layer on the surface and capable of bridging cracks

** 46 **
ACRYLIC BASED AND FILLER AGENT ADDED
UV RESISTANT AND SILICONE FEATURE
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 540

2 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 290

3 TEXANOL 2

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

5 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL 5

6 UV ABSORBER AGENT 4

7 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 4

8 WATER 154
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent has no chemical name. They have trade


names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: This product is used on all surfaces to provide waterproofing by


forming a layer on the surface and capable of bridging cracks

** 47 **
ACRYLIC BASED AND FILLER AGENT ADDED
UV RESISTANT AND SILICONE FEATURE
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 500

2 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 300

3 TEXANOL 2

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

5 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL 4

6 UV ABSORBER AGENT 4

7 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 4

8 WATER 185
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binder and texanol and mix well. Add the rest of
ingredients during constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Preservative agent has no chemical name. They have trade


names. They can be found trade names from market.

NOTE: This product is used on all surfaces to provide waterproofing by


forming a layer on the surface and capable of bridging cracks

** 48 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

TWO COMPONENT

CEMENT BASED GREY

WATER INSULATION

MEMBRANE

PRODUCTIONS
TWO COMPONENT AND CEMENT BASED
GREY WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 80
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( SOFT ) 19
3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.25
5 WETTING AGENT 0.50
6 WATER 100
B COMPONENT
7 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 200
8 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 500
9 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 100
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients during
constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed. For B component, all
ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients in the given order in the
process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 10 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

NOTE: This product is used on concrete and cement based plasters


and applied from the inside and outside against leaking and surface
water.

** 49 **
TWO COMPONENT AND CEMENT BASED
GREY WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 80
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( SOFT ) 18
3 TEXANOL 1
4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.25
6 WETTING AGENT 0.50
7 WATER 100
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 200
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 500
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 100
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients during
constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed. For B component, all
ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients in the given order in the
process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 10 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

NOTE: This product is used on concrete and cement based plasters


and applied from the inside and outside against leaking and surface
water.

** 50 **
TWO COMPONENT AND CEMENT BASED
GREY WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 80
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( SOFT ) 18
3 TEXANOL 1
4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.25
6 WETTING AGENT 0.50
7 WATER 100
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 200
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 500
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 99
11 STARCH ETHER 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients during
constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed. For B component, all
ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients in the given order in the
process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 10 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

NOTE: This product is used on concrete and cement based plasters


and applied from the inside and outside against leaking and surface
water.

** 51 **
TWO COMPONENT
CEMENT BASED AND SILICONE ADDED
GREY WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 80
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( SOFT ) 19
3 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 2
4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.25
6 WETTING AGENT 0.50
7 WATER 98
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 200
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 500
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 100
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients during
constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed. For B component, all
ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients in the given order in the
process tank and mix until homogenous.
MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 10 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

NOTE: This product is used on concrete and cement based plasters


and applied from the inside and outside against leaking and surface
water.

** 52 **
TWO COMPONENT
CEMENT BASED AND SILICONE ADDED
GREY WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 80
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( SOFT ) 19
3 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 2
4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.25
6 WETTING AGENT 0.50
7 WATER 98
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 180
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 500
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 120
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients during
constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed. For B component, all
ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients in the given order in the
process tank and mix until homogenous.
MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 10 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

NOTE: This product is used on concrete and cement based plasters


and applied from the inside and outside against leaking and surface
water.

** 53 **
TWO COMPONENT
CEMENT BASED AND SILICONE ADDED
GREY WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 75
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( SOFT ) 24
3 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 2
4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.25
6 WETTING AGENT 0.50
7 WATER 98
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 180
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 500
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 120
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients during
constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed. For B component, all
ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients in the given order in the
process tank and mix until homogenous.
MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 10 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

NOTE: This product is used on concrete and cement based plasters


and applied from the inside and outside against leaking and surface
water.

** 54 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

TWO COMPONENT

CEMENT BASED WHITE

WATER INSULATION

MEMBRANE

PRODUCTIONS
TWO COMPONENT AND CEMENT BASED
WHITE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 80
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( SOFT ) 19
3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.25
5 WETTING AGENT 0.50
6 WATER 100
B COMPONENT
7 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 185
8 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 500
9 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 115
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients during
constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed. For B component, all
ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients in the given order in the
process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 10 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

NOTE: This product is used on concrete and cement based plasters


and applied from the inside and outside against leaking and surface
water.

** 55 **
TWO COMPONENT AND CEMENT BASED
WHITE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 80
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( SOFT ) 18
3 TEXANOL 1
4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.25
6 WETTING AGENT 0.50
7 WATER 100
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 180
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 500
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 120
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients during
constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed. For B component, all
ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients in the given order in the
process tank and mix until homogenous.
MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 10 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

NOTE: This product is used on concrete and cement based plasters


and applied from the inside and outside against leaking and surface
water.

** 56 **
TWO COMPONENT AND CEMENT BASED
WHITE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 80
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( SOFT ) 18
3 TEXANOL 1
4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.25
6 WETTING AGENT 0.50
7 WATER 100
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 175
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 500
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 124
11 STARCH ETHER 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients during
constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed. For B component, all
ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients in the given order in the
process tank and mix until homogenous.
MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 10 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

NOTE: This product is used on concrete and cement based plasters


and applied from the inside and outside against leaking and surface
water.

** 57 *
TWO COMPONENT
CEMENT BASED AND SILICONE ADDED
WHITE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 80
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( SOFT ) 19
3 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 2
4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.25
6 WETTING AGENT 0.50
7 WATER 98
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 180
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 500
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 120
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients during
constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed. For B component, all
ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients in the given order in the
process tank and mix until homogenous.
MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 10 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

NOTE: This product is used on concrete and cement based plasters


and applied from the inside and outside against leaking and surface
water.

** 58 **
TWO COMPONENT
CEMENT BASED AND SILICONE ADDED
WHITE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 80
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( SOFT ) 19
3 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 2
4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.25
6 WETTING AGENT 0.50
7 WATER 98
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 175
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 500
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 125
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients during
constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed. For B component, all
ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients in the given order in the
process tank and mix until homogenous.
MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 10 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

NOTE: This product is used on concrete and cement based plasters


and applied from the inside and outside against leaking and surface
water.

** 59 **
TWO COMPONENT
CEMENT BASED AND SILICONE ADDED
WHITE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 75
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( SOFT ) 24
3 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 2
4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.25
6 WETTING AGENT 0.50
7 WATER 98
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 160
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 520
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 120
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients during
constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed. For B component, all
ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients in the given order in the
process tank and mix until homogenous.
MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 10 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

NOTE: This product is used on concrete and cement based plasters


and applied from the inside and outside against leaking and surface
water.

** 60 **
TWO COMPONENT
CEMENT BASED AND SILICONE FEATURE
WHITE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 85
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( SOFT ) 15
3 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL 5
4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.25
6 WETTING AGENT 0.50
7 WATER 94
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 180
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 500
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 120
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients during
constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed. For B component, all
ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients in the given order in the
process tank and mix until homogenous.
MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 10 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

NOTE: This product is used on concrete and cement based plasters


and applied from the inside and outside against leaking and surface
water.

** 61 **
TWO COMPONENT
CEMENT BASED AND ANTIFREEZE FEATURE
WHITE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 82
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( SOFT ) 18
3 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL ( MEG ) 5
4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.25
6 WETTING AGENT 0.50
7 WATER 94
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 175
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 500
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 125
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients during
constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed. For B component, all
ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients in the given order in the
process tank and mix until homogenous.
MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 10 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

NOTE: This product is used on concrete and cement based plasters


and applied from the inside and outside against leaking and surface
water.

** 62 **
TWO COMPONENT
CEMENT BASED AND ANTIFREEZE FEATURE
WHITE WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 80
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( SOFT ) 20
3 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL 4
4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.25
6 WETTING AGENT 0.50
7 WATER 95
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 160
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 520
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 120
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients during
constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed. For B component, all
ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients in the given order in the
process tank and mix until homogenous.
MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 10 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

NOTE: This product is used on concrete and cement based plasters


and applied from the inside and outside against leaking and surface
water.

** 63 **
TWO COMPONENT
CEMENT BASED AND ANTIFREEZE FEATURE
GREY WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 82
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( SOFT ) 17
3 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL ( MEG ) 5
4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.25
6 WETTING AGENT 0.50
7 WATER 95
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 200
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 500
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 100
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients during
constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed. For B component, all
ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients in the given order in the
process tank and mix until homogenous.
MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 10 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

NOTE: This product is used on concrete and cement based plasters


and applied from the inside and outside against leaking and surface
water.

** 64 **
TWO COMPONENT
CEMENT BASED AND ANTIFREEZE FEATURE
GREY WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 83
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( SOFT ) 17
3 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL ( MEG ) 4
4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.25
6 WETTING AGENT 0.50
7 WATER 95
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 180
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 500
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 120
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients during
constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed. For B component, all
ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients in the given order in the
process tank and mix until homogenous.
MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 10 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

NOTE: This product is used on concrete and cement based plasters


and applied from the inside and outside against leaking and surface
water.

** 65 **
TWO COMPONENT
CEMENT BASED AND ANTIFREEZE FEATURE
GREY WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 80
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( SOFT ) 20
3 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL ( MEG ) 4
4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 0.25
6 WETTING AGENT 0.50
7 WATER 95
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 180
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 500
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 120
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sytrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients during
constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed. For B component, all
ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients in the given order in the
process tank and mix until homogenous.
MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 10 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

NOTE: This product is used on concrete and cement based plasters


and applied from the inside and outside against leaking and surface
water.

** 66 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

TWO COMPONENT

BITUMEN BASED

WATER INSULATION

MEMBRANE

PRODUCTIONS
TWO COMPONENT AND BITUMEN BASED
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 ANIONIC BITUMEN EMULSION 793
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( HARD ) 88
3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1.75
5 ACRYLIC THICKENER 50
6 POLYURETHANE THICKENER % 10 52
7 WETTING AGENT 15

TOTAL 1000
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 400
9 BENTONITE 199
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 400
11 POLYMER POWDER 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge anionic bitumen emulsion and sytrene acrylic


binder in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add antifoam agent,
preservative agent and wetting agent while mixing. Add acrylic thickener
and polyurethane thickener slowly and separately. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 24 kg

Powder component B: 8 kg

** 67 **
TWO COMPONENT AND BITUMEN BASED
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 ANIONIC BITUMEN EMULSION 789
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( HARD ) 95
3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1.75
5 ACRYLIC THICKENER 50
6 POLYURETHANE THICKENER % 10 50
7 WETTING AGENT 14

TOTAL 1000
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 400
9 BENTONITE 199
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 400
11 POLYMER POWDER 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge anionic bitumen emulsion and sytrene acrylic


binder in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add antifoam agent,
preservative agent and wetting agent while mixing. Add acrylic thickener
and polyurethane thickener slowly and separately. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 24 kg

Powder component B: 8 kg

** 68 **
TWO COMPONENT AND BITUMEN BASED
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 ANIONIC BITUMEN EMULSION 790
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( HARD ) 90
3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1.75
5 ACRYLIC THICKENER 52
6 POLYURETHANE THICKENER % 10 52
7 WETTING AGENT 14

TOTAL 1000
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 400
9 BENTONITE 199
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 400
11 POLYMER POWDER 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge anionic bitumen emulsion and sytrene acrylic


binder in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add antifoam agent,
preservative agent and wetting agent while mixing. Add acrylic thickener
and polyurethane thickener slowly and separately. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 24 kg

Powder component B: 8 kg

** 69 **
TWO COMPONENT AND POLYMER REINFORCED
BITUMEN WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 ANIONIC BITUMEN EMULSION 793
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( HARD ) 88
3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1.75
5 ACRYLIC THICKENER 50
6 POLYURETHANE THICKENER % 10 52
7 WETTING AGENT 15

TOTAL 1000
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 385
9 BENTONITE 200
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 400
11 POLYMER POWDER 15
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge anionic bitumen emulsion and sytrene acrylic


binder in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add antifoam agent,
preservative agent and wetting agent while mixing. Add acrylic thickener
and polyurethane thickener slowly and separately. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 24 kg

Powder component B: 8 kg

** 70 **
TWO COMPONENT AND POLYMER REINFORCED
BITUMEN WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 ANIONIC BITUMEN EMULSION 789
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( HARD ) 95
3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1.75
5 ACRYLIC THICKENER 50
6 POLYURETHANE THICKENER % 10 50
7 WETTING AGENT 14

TOTAL 1000
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 400
9 BENTONITE 200
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 388
11 POLYMER POWDER 12
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge anionic bitumen emulsion and sytrene acrylic


binder in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add antifoam agent,
preservative agent and wetting agent while mixing. Add acrylic thickener
and polyurethane thickener slowly and separately. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 24 kg

Powder component B: 8 kg

** 71 **
TWO COMPONENT AND POLYMER REINFORCED
BITUMEN WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 ANIONIC BITUMEN EMULSION 790
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( HARD ) 90
3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1.75
5 ACRYLIC THICKENER 52
6 POLYURETHANE THICKENER % 10 52
7 WETTING AGENT 14

TOTAL 1000
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 400
9 BENTONITE 195
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 393
11 POLYMER POWDER 12
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge anionic bitumen emulsion and sytrene acrylic


binder in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add antifoam agent,
preservative agent and wetting agent while mixing. Add acrylic thickener
and polyurethane thickener slowly and separately. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 24 kg

Powder component B: 8 kg

** 72 **
TWO COMPONENT AND WATERPROOF REINFORCED
BITUMEN WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 ANIONIC BITUMEN EMULSION 793
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( HARD ) 88
3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1.75
5 ACRYLIC THICKENER 50
6 POLYURETHANE THICKENER % 10 52
7 WETTING AGENT 15

TOTAL 1000
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 400
9 BENTONITE 195
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 400
11 ZINC STEARATE 5
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge anionic bitumen emulsion and sytrene acrylic


binder in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add antifoam agent,
preservative agent and wetting agent while mixing. Add acrylic thickener
and polyurethane thickener slowly and separately. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 24 kg

Powder component B: 8 kg

** 73 **
TWO COMPONENT AND WATERPROOF REINFORCED
BITUMEN WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 ANIONIC BITUMEN EMULSION 789
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( HARD ) 95
3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1.75
5 ACRYLIC THICKENER 50
6 POLYURETHANE THICKENER % 10 50
7 WETTING AGENT 14

TOTAL 1000
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 400
9 BENTONITE 200
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 395
11 CALCIUM STEARATE 5
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge anionic bitumen emulsion and sytrene acrylic


binder in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add antifoam agent,
preservative agent and wetting agent while mixing. Add acrylic thickener
and polyurethane thickener slowly and separately. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 24 kg

Powder component B: 8 kg

** 74 **
TWO COMPONENT AND WATERPROOF REINFORCED
BITUMEN WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 ANIONIC BITUMEN EMULSION 790
2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BİNDER ( HARD ) 90
3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 0.25
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1.75
5 ACRYLIC THICKENER 52
6 POLYURETHANE THICKENER % 10 52
7 WETTING AGENT 14

TOTAL 1000
B COMPONENT
8 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 400
9 BENTONITE 197
10 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 400
11 ZINC STEARATE 3
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge anionic bitumen emulsion and sytrene acrylic


binder in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add antifoam agent,
preservative agent and wetting agent while mixing. Add acrylic thickener
and polyurethane thickener slowly and separately. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 24 kg

Powder component B: 8 kg

** 75 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

TWO COMPONENT

GREY CEMENT AND LATEX

BASED

WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE

PRODUCTIONS
TWO COMPONENT
CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
GREY WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 50
2 LATEX RESIN 150

B COMPONENT
3 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 200
4 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 49
5 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 550
6 NAPHTHALENE SULFONATE ( Fluidizer ) 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge latex resin and styrene acrylic binder in the


process tank. Start to stirr. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 5 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

** 76 **
TWO COMPONENT
CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
GREY WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 60
2 LATEX RESIN 140

B COMPONENT
3 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 200
4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 599
5 NAPHTHALENE SULFONATE ( Fluidizer ) 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge latex resin and styrene acrylic binder in the


process tank. Start to stirr. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 5 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

** 77 **
TWO COMPONENT
CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
GREY WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 35
2 LATEX RESIN 165

B COMPONENT
3 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 200
4 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 74
5 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 525
6 MELAMINE SULFONATE ( Fluidizer ) 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge latex resin and styrene acrylic binder in the


process tank. Start to stirr. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 5 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

** 78 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SILICONE ADDED
CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
GREY WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 50
2 LATEX RESIN 147
3 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 3
B COMPONENT
4 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 200
5 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 49
6 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 550
7 NAPHTHALENE SULFONATE ( Fluidizer ) 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge latex resin and styrene acrylic binder in the


process tank. Start to stirr. Add silicone oil emulsion while mixing.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 5 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

** 79 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SILICONE ADDED
CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
GREY WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 22
2 LATEX RESIN 175
3 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 3
B COMPONENT
4 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 190
5 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 74
6 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 535
7 NAPHTHALENE SULFONATE ( Fluidizer ) 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge latex resin and styrene acrylic binder in the


process tank. Start to stirr. Add silicone oil emulsion while mixing.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 5 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

** 80 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SILICONE ADDED
CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
GREY WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 50
2 LATEX RESIN 147
3 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 3
B COMPONENT
4 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 210
5 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 589
6 MELAMINE SULFONATE ( Fluidizer ) 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge latex resin and styrene acrylic binder in the


process tank. Start to stirr. Add silicone oil emulsion while mixing.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 5 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

** 81 **
TWO COMPONENT AND POLYMER REINFORCED
CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
GREY WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 50
2 LATEX RESIN 150

B COMPONENT
3 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 200
4 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 75
5 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 520
6 POLYMER POWDER 4
7 NAPHTHALENE SULFONATE ( Fluidizer ) 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge latex resin and styrene acrylic binder in the


process tank. Start to stirr. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 5 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

** 82 **
TWO COMPONENT AND POLYMER REINFORCED
CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
GREY WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 65
2 LATEX RESIN 135

B COMPONENT
3 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 220
4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 575
5 POLYMER POWDER 3
6 MELAMINE SULFONATE ( Fluidizer ) 2
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge latex resin and styrene acrylic binder in the


process tank. Start to stirr. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 5 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

** 83 **
TWO COMPONENT AND POLYMER REINFORCED
CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
GREY WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 45
2 LATEX RESIN 150
3 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL 5
B COMPONENT
4 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 195
5 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 601
6 POLYMER POWDER 3
7 MELAMINE SULFONATE ( Fluidizer ) 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge latex resin and styrene acrylic binder in the


process tank. Start to stirr. Add monoethylene glycol and mix well.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 5 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

** 84 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

TWO COMPONENT

WHITE CEMENT AND LATEX

BASED

WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE

PRODUCTIONS
TWO COMPONENT
WHITE CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 50
2 LATEX RESIN 150

B COMPONENT
3 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 190
4 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 69
5 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 550
6 NAPHTHALENE SULFONATE ( Fluidizer ) 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge latex resin and styrene acrylic binder in the


process tank. Start to stirr. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 5 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

** 85 **
TWO COMPONENT
WHITE CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 60
2 LATEX RESIN 140

B COMPONENT
3 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 195
4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 604
5 NAPHTHALENE SULFONATE ( Fluidizer ) 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge latex resin and styrene acrylic binder in the


process tank. Start to stirr. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 5 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

** 86 **
TWO COMPONENT
WHITE CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 35
2 LATEX RESIN 165

B COMPONENT
3 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 190
4 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 74
5 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 535
6 MELAMINE SULFONATE ( Fluidizer ) 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge latex resin and styrene acrylic binder in the


process tank. Start to stirr. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 5 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

** 87 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SILICONE ADDED
WHITE CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 50
2 LATEX RESIN 147
3 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 3
B COMPONENT
4 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 190
5 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 69
6 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 550
7 NAPHTHALENE SULFONATE ( Fluidizer ) 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge latex resin and styrene acrylic binder in the


process tank. Start to stirr. Add silicone oil emulsion while mixing.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 5 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

** 88 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SILICONE ADDED
WHITE CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 22
2 LATEX RESIN 175
3 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 3
B COMPONENT
4 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 190
5 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 74
6 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 535
7 NAPHTHALENE SULFONATE ( Fluidizer ) 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge latex resin and styrene acrylic binder in the


process tank. Start to stirr. Add silicone oil emulsion while mixing.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 5 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

** 89 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SILICONE ADDED
WHITE CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
GREY WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 50
2 LATEX RESIN 147
3 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 3
B COMPONENT
4 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 200
5 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 599
6 MELAMINE SULFONATE ( Fluidizer ) 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge latex resin and styrene acrylic binder in the


process tank. Start to stirr. Add silicone oil emulsion while mixing.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 5 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

** 90 **
TWO COMPONENT AND POLYMER REINFORCED
WHITE CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 50
2 LATEX RESIN 150

B COMPONENT
3 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 190
4 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 75
5 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 530
6 POLYMER POWDER 4
7 NAPHTHALENE SULFONATE ( Fluidizer ) 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge latex resin and styrene acrylic binder in the


process tank. Start to stirr. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 5 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

** 91 **
TWO COMPONENT AND POLYMER REINFORCED
WHITE CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 65
2 LATEX RESIN 135

B COMPONENT
3 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 200
4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 595
5 POLYMER POWDER 3
6 MELAMINE SULFONATE ( Fluidizer ) 2
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge latex resin and styrene acrylic binder in the


process tank. Start to stirr. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 5 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

** 92 **
TWO COMPONENT AND POLYMER REINFORCED
WHITE CEMENT AND LATEX BASED
WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 45
2 LATEX RESIN 150
3 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL 5
B COMPONENT
4 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 190
5 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 606
6 POLYMER POWDER 3
7 MELAMINE SULFONATE ( Fluidizer ) 1
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge latex resin and styrene acrylic binder in the


process tank. Start to stirr. Add monoethylene glycol and mix well.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

Process for B component, all ingredients are solid. Add all ingredients
in the given order in the process tank and mix until homogenous.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Liquid component A: 5 kg

Powder component B: 20 kg

** 93 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

ONE COMPONENT

BITUMEN BASED

WATERPROOFING

VARNISH

PRODUCTIONS
ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION )
VARNISH
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) 400

2 PUMICE POWDER 220

3 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 150

4 TOLUENE 200

5 CELULLOSE FIBER 30

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge bitumen and toluene in the process tank. Start to


stirr. Add pumice powder and calcite while constant mixing. Add
cellulose fiber and mix well. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 94 **
ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION )
VARNISH
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) 400

2 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 100

3 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 250

4 TOLUENE 225

5 CELULLOSE FIBER 25

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge bitumen and toluene in the process tank. Start to


stirr. Add silica sand and calcite while constant mixing. Add cellulose
fiber and mix well. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 95 **
ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION )
VARNISH
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) 380

2 PUMICE POWDER 150

3 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 150

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 70

5 TOLUENE 220

6 CELULLOSE FIBER 30

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge bitumen and toluene in the process tank. Start to


stirr. Add pumice powder, silica sand and calcite while constant mixing.
Add cellulose fiber and mix well. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 96 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

ONE COMPONENT

BITUMEN BASED

WATERPROOFING

PRIMER

PRODUCTIONS
ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION )
PRIMER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) 700
( 120 – 150 PENETRATION )

2 TOLUENE 300

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge toluene in the process tank. Add bitumen


( asphalt ) and mix. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 97 **
ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION )
PRIMER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) 650
( 120 – 150 PENETRATION )

2 TOLUENE 300

3 ISOBUTANOL 50

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge toluene and isobutanol in the process tank. Add


bitumen ( asphalt ) and mix. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 98 **
ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION )
PRIMER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) 650
( 120 – 150 PENETRATION )

2 TOLUENE 250

3 ISOBUTANOL 50

4 ACETONE 50

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge toluene, acetone and isobutanol in the process


tank. Add bitumen ( asphalt ) and mix. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 99 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

ONE COMPONENT

BITUMEN AND RUBBER BASED

WATERPROOFING

PRIMER

PRODUCTIONS
ONE COMPONENT
BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) AND RUBBER BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION )
PRIMER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) 650
( 120 – 150 PENETRATION )

2 SBR RUBBER 50

3 TOLUENE 300

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge toluene in the process tank. Add rubber and mix.
Melt rubber in the toluene completely. Add bitumen ( asphalt ) and
stirring. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 100 **
ONE COMPONENT
BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) AND RUBBER BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION )
PRIMER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) 625
( 120 – 150 PENETRATION )

2 SBR RUBBER 50

3 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 25

4 TOLUENE 300

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge toluene in the process tank. Add rubber and mix.
Melt rubber in the tolüene completely. Add bitumen ( asphalt ) and
stirring. Add calcicte and mix well. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 101 **
ONE COMPONENT
BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) AND RUBBER BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION )
PRIMER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 BITUMEN ( ASPHALT ) 600
( 120 – 150 PENETRATION )

2 SBR RUBBER 65

3 TOLUENE 335

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge toluene in the process tank. Add rubber and mix.
Melt rubber in the tolüene completely. Add bitumen ( asphalt ) and
stirring. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 102 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

ONE COMPONENT

BITUMEN BASED

WATERPROOFING

MEMBRANE

PRODUCTIONS
ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION )
MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 ANIONIC BITUMEN EMULSION 600

2 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 3

3 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 120

4 ACRYLIC THICKENER 10

5 WATER 267

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge anionic bitumen emulsion and water in the


process tank. Start to mix. Add styrene acrylic binder and preservative
agent while constant mixing. Add acrylic thickener and mix well.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 103 **
ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION )
MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 ANIONIC BITUMEN EMULSION 585

2 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 3

3 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 100

4 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( SOFT ) 27

5 ACRYLIC THICKENER 10

6 WATER 275

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge anionic bitumen emulsion and water in the


process tank. Start to mix. Add styrene acrylic binders and preservative
agent while constant mixing. Add acrylic thickener and mix well.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 104 **
ONE COMPONENT AND BITUMEN BASED
WATERPROOFING ( WATER INSULATION )
MEMBRANE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 ANIONIC BITUMEN EMULSION 550

2 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 3

3 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 150

4 ACRYLIC THICKENER 12

5 WATER 285

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge anionic bitumen emulsion and water in the


process tank. Start to mix. Add styrene acrylic binder and preservative
agent while constant mixing. Add acrylic thickener and mix well.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 105 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

TWO COMPONENT

SOLVENT FREE

POLYURETHANE

WATERPROOFING

MEMBRANE

PRODUCTIONS
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
MEDIUM HARD AND WHITE
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 400


2 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 40
3 WETTING AGENT 4
4 DEFOAMER AGENT 4
5 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
6 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 50
7 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 338

B COMPONENT

8 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 160

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil in the process tank. Start to mix. Add
dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer agent while mixing.
Add bentonite and mix well. Add titanium dioxide while mixing. Add
barium sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 16,8 kg

Component B: 3,2 kg

** 106 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
MEDIUM HARD AND WHITE
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 380


2 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 40
3 WETTING AGENT 4
4 DEFOAMER AGENT 4
5 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
6 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 50
7 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 368

B COMPONENT

8 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 150

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil in the process tank. Start to mix. Add
dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer agent while mixing.
Add bentonite and mix well. Add titanium dioxide while mixing. Add
barium sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 17 kg

Component B: 3 kg

** 107 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
MEDIUM HARD AND WHITE
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 400


2 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 35
3 WETTING AGENT 4
4 DEFOAMER AGENT 4
5 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
6 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 40
7 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 353

B COMPONENT

8 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 160

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil in the process tank. Start to mix. Add
dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer agent while mixing.
Add bentonite and mix well. Add titanium dioxide while mixing. Add
barium sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 16,8 kg

Component B: 3,2 kg

** 108 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
FLEXIBLE AND WHITE
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 300


2 POLYETHER POLYOL 160 OH 100
3 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 40
4 WETTING AGENT 4
5 DEFOAMER AGENT 4
6 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
7 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 50
8 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 338

B COMPONENT

9 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 160

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil and polyether polyol in the process tank.
Start to mix. Add dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer
agent while mixing. Add bentonite and mix well. Add titanium dioxide
while mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 16,8 kg

Component B: 3,2 kg

** 109 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
FLEXIBLE AND WHITE
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 280


2 POLYETHER POLYOL 160 OH 100
3 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 40
4 WETTING AGENT 4
5 DEFOAMER AGENT 4
6 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
7 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 50
8 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 368

B COMPONENT

9 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 150

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil and polyether polyol in the process tank.
Start to mix. Add dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer
agent while mixing. Add bentonite and mix well. Add titanium dioxide
while mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 17 kg

Component B: 3 kg

** 110 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
FLEXIBLE AND WHITE
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 275


2 POLYETHER POLYOL 160 OH 100
3 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 50
4 WETTING AGENT 4
5 DEFOAMER AGENT 4
6 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 3
7 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 50
8 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 394

B COMPONENT

9 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 120

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil and polyether polyol in the process tank.
Start to mix. Add dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer
agent while mixing. Add bentonite and mix well. Add titanium dioxide
while mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 17,5 kg

Component B: 2,5 kg

** 111 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
MEDIUM HARD AND GREY
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 400


2 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 40
3 WETTING AGENT 4
4 DEFOAMER AGENT 4
5 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
6 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 46
7 BLACK PIGMENT POWDER 2
8 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 340

B COMPONENT

9 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 160


1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil in the process tank. Start to mix. Add
dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer agent while mixing.
Add bentonite and mix well. Add titanium dioxide and black pigment
while mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 16,8 kg

Component B: 3,2 kg

** 112 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
MEDIUM HARD AND GREY
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 380


2 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 40
3 WETTING AGENT 4
4 DEFOAMER AGENT 2
5 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
6 BLACK PIGMENT POWDER 2
7 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 48
8 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 370

B COMPONENT

9 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 150


1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil in the process tank. Start to mix. Add
dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer agent while mixing.
Add bentonite and mix well. Add titanium dioxide and black pigment
while mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 17 kg

Component B: 3 kg

** 113 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
MEDIUM HARD AND GREY
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 400


2 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 35
3 WETTING AGENT 4
4 DEFOAMER AGENT 4
5 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
6 BLACK PIGMENT POWDER 2
7 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 40
8 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 351

B COMPONENT

9 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 160


1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil in the process tank. Start to mix. Add
dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer agent while mixing.
Add bentonite and mix well. Add titanium dioxide and black pigment
while mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 16,8 kg

Component B: 3,2 kg

** 114 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
FLEXIBLE AND GREY
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 300


2 POLYETHER POLYOL 160 OH 100
3 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 40
4 WETTING AGENT 4
5 DEFOAMER AGENT 4
6 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
7 BLACK PIGMENT POWDER 3
8 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 50
9 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 335

B COMPONENT

10 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 160


1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil and polyether polyol in the process tank.
Start to mix. Add dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer
agent while mixing. Add bentonite and mix well. Add titanium dioxide
and black pigment powder while mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring
well. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 16,8 kg

Component B: 3,2 kg

** 115 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
FLEXIBLE AND GREY
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 280


2 POLYETHER POLYOL 160 OH 100
3 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 43
4 WETTING AGENT 4
5 DEFOAMER AGENT 4
6 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
7 BLACK PIGMENT POWDER 3
8 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 47
9 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 365

B COMPONENT

10 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 150


1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil and polyether polyol in the process tank.
Start to mix. Add dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer
agent while mixing. Add bentonite and mix well. Add titanium dioxide
and black pigment powder while mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring
well. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 17 kg

Component B: 3 kg

** 116 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
FLEXIBLE AND GREY
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 275


2 POLYETHER POLYOL 160 OH 100
3 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 50
4 WETTING AGENT 4
5 DEFOAMER AGENT 4
6 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 3
7 BLACK PIGMENT POWDER 2
8 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 50
9 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 392

B COMPONENT

10 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 120


1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil and polyether polyol in the process tank.
Start to mix. Add dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer
agent while mixing. Add bentonite and mix well. Add titanium dioxide
and black pigment powder while mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring
well. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 17,5 kg

Component B: 2,5 kg

** 117 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
MEDIUM HARD AND GREEN
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 400


2 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 40
3 WETTING AGENT 4
4 DEFOAMER AGENT 2
5 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
6 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 45
7 GREEN PIGMENT POWDER 5
8 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 340

B COMPONENT

9 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 160


1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil in the process tank. Start to mix. Add
dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer agent while mixing.
Add bentonite and mix well. Add titanium dioxide and green pigment
while mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 16,8 kg

Component B: 3,2 kg

** 118 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
MEDIUM HARD AND GREEN
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 380


2 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 40
3 WETTING AGENT 4
4 DEFOAMER AGENT 2
5 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
6 GREEN PIGMENT POWDER 5
7 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 45
8 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 370

B COMPONENT

9 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 150


1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil in the process tank. Start to mix. Add
dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer agent while mixing.
Add bentonite and mix well. Add titanium dioxide and green pigment
while mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 17 kg

Component B: 3 kg

** 119 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
MEDIUM HARD AND GREEN
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 400


2 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 40
3 WETTING AGENT 4
4 DEFOAMER AGENT 4
5 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
6 GREEN PIGMENT POWDER 5
7 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 45
8 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 338

B COMPONENT

9 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 160


1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil in the process tank. Start to mix. Add
dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer agent while mixing.
Add bentonite and mix well. Add titanium dioxide and green pigment
while mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 16,8 kg

Component B: 3,2 kg

** 120 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
FLEXIBLE AND GREEN
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 300


2 POLYETHER POLYOL 160 OH 100
3 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 35
4 WETTING AGENT 4
5 DEFOAMER AGENT 4
6 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
7 GREEN PIGMENT POWDER 5
8 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 48
9 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 340

B COMPONENT

10 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 160


1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil and polyether polyol in the process tank.
Start to mix. Add dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer
agent while mixing. Add bentonite and mix well. Add titanium dioxide
and green pigment powder while mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring
well. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 16,8 kg

Component B: 3,2 kg

** 121 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
FLEXIBLE AND GREEN
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 280


2 POLYETHER POLYOL 160 OH 100
3 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 43
4 WETTING AGENT 4
5 DEFOAMER AGENT 4
6 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
7 GREEN PIGMENT POWDER 5
8 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 45
9 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 365

B COMPONENT

10 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 150


1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil and polyether polyol in the process tank.
Start to mix. Add dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer
agent while mixing. Add bentonite and mix well. Add titanium dioxide
and green pigment powder while mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring
well. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 17 kg

Component B: 3 kg

** 122 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
FLEXIBLE AND GREEN
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 280


2 POLYETHER POLYOL 160 OH 100
3 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 45
4 WETTING AGENT 4
5 DEFOAMER AGENT 4
6 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 3
7 GREEN PIGMENT POWDER 5
8 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 47
9 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 387

B COMPONENT

10 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 125


1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil and polyether polyol in the process tank.
Start to mix. Add dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer
agent while mixing. Add bentonite and mix well. Add titanium dioxide
and green pigment powder while mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring
well. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 17,5 kg

Component B: 2,5 kg

** 123 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
MEDIUM HARD AND RED
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 400


2 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 40
3 WETTING AGENT 4
4 DEFOAMER AGENT 2
5 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
6 RED PIGMENT POWDER 5
7 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 385

B COMPONENT

8 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 160


1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil in the process tank. Start to mix. Add
dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer agent while mixing.
Add bentonite and mix well. Add red pigment while mixing. Add barium
sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 16,8 kg

Component B: 3,2 kg

** 124 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
MEDIUM HARD AND RED
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 380


2 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 40
3 WETTING AGENT 4
4 DEFOAMER AGENT 3
5 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
6 RED PIGMENT POWDER 4
7 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 415

B COMPONENT

8 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 150


1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil in the process tank. Start to mix. Add
dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer agent while mixing.
Add bentonite and mix well. Add red pigment while mixing. Add barium
sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 17 kg

Component B: 3 kg

** 125 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
MEDIUM HARD AND RED
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 400


2 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 40
3 WETTING AGENT 4
4 DEFOAMER AGENT 3
5 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
6 RED PIGMENT POWDER 4
7 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 385

B COMPONENT

8 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 160

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil in the process tank. Start to mix. Add
dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer agent while mixing.
Add bentonite and mix well. Add red pigment while mixing. Add barium
sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 16,8 kg

Component B: 3,2 kg

** 126 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
FLEXIBLE AND RED
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 300


2 POLYETHER POLYOL 160 OH 100
3 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 35
4 WETTING AGENT 4
5 DEFOAMER AGENT 4
6 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
7 RED PIGMENT POWDER 5
8 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 340

B COMPONENT

9 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 160

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil and polyether polyol in the process tank.
Start to mix. Add dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer
agent while mixing. Add bentonite and mix well. Add red pigment powder
while mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 16,8 kg

Component B: 3,2 kg

** 127 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
FLEXIBLE AND RED
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 280


2 POLYETHER POLYOL 160 OH 100
3 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 43
4 WETTING AGENT 4
5 DEFOAMER AGENT 4
6 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
7 RED PIGMENT POWDER 4
8 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 366

B COMPONENT

9 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 150

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil and polyether polyol in the process tank.
Start to mix. Add dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer
agent while mixing. Add bentonite and mix well. Add red pigment powder
while mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 17 kg

Component B: 3 kg

** 128 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
FLEXIBLE AND RED
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 280


2 POLYETHER POLYOL 160 OH 100
3 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 45
4 WETTING AGENT 4
5 DEFOAMER AGENT 4
6 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 3
7 RED PIGMENT POWDER 4
8 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 388

B COMPONENT

9 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 125

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil and polyether polyol in the process tank.
Start to mix. Add dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer
agent while mixing. Add bentonite and mix well. Add red pigment powder
while mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 17,5 kg

Component B: 2,5 kg

** 129 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

TWO COMPONENT

SOLVENT FREE AND COALTER BASED

POLYURETHANE

WATERPROOFING

MEMBRANE

PRODUCTIONS
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
FLEXIBLE AND COALTAR BASED
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 300


2 POLYETHER POLYOL 160 OH 100
3 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 40
4 WETTING AGENT 4
5 DEFOAMER AGENT 4
6 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
7 COALTAR 150
8 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 238

B COMPONENT

9 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 160

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil and polyether polyol in the process tank.
Start to mix. Add dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer
agent while mixing. Add bentonite and mix well. Add coaltar while
mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 16,8 kg

Component B: 3,2 kg

** 130 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
FLEXIBLE AND COALTAR BASED
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 300


2 POLYETHER POLYOL 160 OH 100
3 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 40
4 WETTING AGENT 4
5 DEFOAMER AGENT 3
6 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 3
7 COALTAR 140
8 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 250

B COMPONENT

9 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 160

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil and polyether polyol in the process tank.
Start to mix. Add dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer
agent while mixing. Add bentonite and mix well. Add coaltar while
mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 16,8 kg

Component B: 3,2 kg

** 131 **
TWO COMPONENT AND SOLVENT FREE
FLEXIBLE AND COALTAR BASED
POLYURETHANE WATERPROOFING
MEMBRANE PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 CASTOR OIL 285


2 POLYETHER POLYOL 160 OH 115
3 DEHUMIDIFYING AGENT 40
4 WETTING AGENT 4
5 DEFOAMER AGENT 4
6 BENTONITE (Anti-Collapse Agent ) 4
7 COALTAR 140
8 BARIUM SULFATE ( BARITE ) 248

B COMPONENT

9 POLYURETHANE MDI HARDENER 160

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge castor oil and polyether polyol in the process tank.
Start to mix. Add dehumidifying agent, wetting agent and defoamer
agent while mixing. Add bentonite and mix well. Add coaltar while
mixing. Add barium sulfate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 16,8 kg

Component B: 3,2 kg

** 132 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

LIQUID

CONCRETE

PLASTICIZER
( FLUIDIZER )

PRODUCTIONS
LIQUID CONCRETE
PLASTICIZER ( FLUIDIZER )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 SODIUM POLYNAPHTHALENE 350
SULFONATE

2 WATER 650

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sodium polynaphthalene sulfonate. Dissolve sodium polynaphthalene
sulfonate in the water completely. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 133 **
LIQUID CONCRETE
PLASTICIZER ( FLUIDIZER )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 SODIUM POLYNAPHTHALENE 300
SULFONATE

2 SODIUM LIGNOSULFONATE 50

3 WATER 650

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sodium polynaphthalene sulfonate. Dissolve sodium polynaphthalene
sulfonate in the water completely. Add sodium lignosulfonate and mix
well. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 134 **
LIQUID CONCRETE
PLASTICIZER ( FLUIDIZER )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 CALCIUM POLYNAPHTHALENE 300
SULFONATE

2 WATER 700

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


calcium polynaphthalene sulfonate. Dissolve calcium polynaphthalene
sulfonate in the water completely. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 135 **
LIQUID CONCRETE
PLASTICIZER ( FLUIDIZER )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 4

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 CALCIUM POLYNAPHTHALENE 250
SULFONATE

2 CALCIUM LIGNOSULFONATE 50

3 WATER 700

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


calcium polynaphthalene sulfonate. Dissolve calcium polynaphthalene
sulfonate in the water completely. Add calcium lignosulfonate and mix
well. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 136 **
LIQUID CONCRETE
PLASTICIZER ( FLUIDIZER )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 5

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 SODIUM POLYMELAMINE SULFONATE 300

2 WATER 700

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sodium polymelamine sulfonate. Dissolve sodium polymelamine
sulfonate in the water completely. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 137 **
LIQUID CONCRETE
PLASTICIZER ( FLUIDIZER )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 6

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 SODIUM POLYMELAMINE SULFONATE 250

2 CALCIUM LIGNOSULFONATE 50

3 WATER 700

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sodium polymelamine sulfonate. Dissolve sodium polymelamine
sulfonate in the water completely. Add calcium lignosulfonate and mix
well. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 138 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

POWDER

CONCRETE

PLASTICIZER
( FLUIDIZER )

PRODUCTIONS
POWDER CONCRETE
PLASTICIZER ( FLUIDIZER )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 SODIUM POLYNAPHTHALENE 500
SULFONATE

2 SODIUM POLYMELAMINE SULFONATE 500

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: All ingredients are solid. So, charge all ingredients in the
process tank and mix. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 139 **
POWDER CONCRETE
PLASTICIZER ( FLUIDIZER )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 SODIUM POLYNAPHTHALENE 500
SULFONATE

2 CALCIUM POLYNAPHTHALENE 150


SULFONATE

3 SODIUM POLYMELAMINE SULFONATE 350

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: All ingredients are solid. So, charge all ingredients in the
process tank and mix. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 140 **
POWDER CONCRETE
PLASTICIZER ( FLUIDIZER )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 SODIUM POLYNAPHTHALENE 350
SULFONATE

2 CALCIUM POLYNAPHTHALENE 150


SULFONATE

3 SODIUM POLYMELAMINE SULFONATE 350

4 CALCIUM LIGNOSULFONATE 150

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: All ingredients are solid. So, charge all ingredients in the
process tank and mix. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 141 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

LIQUID

CONCRETE

ACCELERATOR

PRODUCTIONS
LIQUID CONCRETE
SET ACCELERATOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 CALCIUM CHLORIDE 350

2 WATER 650

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


calcium chloride. Dissolve calcium chloride in the water completely.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 142 **
LIQUID CONCRETE
SET ACCELERATOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 CALCIUM CHLORIDE 300

2 CALCIUM LIGNOSULFONATE 100

3 WATER 600

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


calcium chloride. Dissolve calcium chloride in the water completely. Add
calcium lignosulfonate and mix. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 143 **
LIQUID CONCRETE
SET ACCELERATOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 CALCIUM CHLORIDE 350

2 CALCIUM LIGNOSULFONATE 25

3 CALCIUM POLYNAPHTHALENE 25
SULFONATE

4 WATER 600

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


calcium chloride. Dissolve calcium chloride in the water completely. Add
calcium lignosulfonate and calcium polynaphthalene sulfonate during
mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 144 **
NON CHLORIDE
CONCRETE SET ACCELERATOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 CALCIUM NITRATE 350

2 WATER 650

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


calcium nitrate. Dissolve calcium nitrate in the water completely.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 145 **
NON CHLORIDE
CONCRETE SET ACCELERATOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 CALCIUM NITRATE 350

2 CALCIUM LIGNOSULFONATE 50

3 WATER 600

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


calcium nitrate. Dissolve calcium nitrate in the water completely. Add
calcium lignosulfonate and mix. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 146 **
NON CHLORIDE
CONCRETE SET ACCELERATOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 CALCIUM NITRATE 350

2 CALCIUM LIGNOSULFONATE 25

3 CALCIUM POLYNAPHTHALENE 25
SULFONATE

4 WATER 600

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


calcium nitrate. Dissolve calcium nitrate in the water completely. Add
calcium lignosulfonate and calcium polynaphthalene sulfonate during
mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 147 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

LIQUID

CONCRETE

SET RETARDER

PRODUCTIONS
LIQUID CONCRETE
SET RETARDER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 SODIUM GLUCONATE 350

2 WATER 650

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sodium gluconate. Dissolve sodium gluconate in the water completely.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 148 **
LIQUID CONCRETE
SET RETARDER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 SODIUM GLUCONATE 250

2 SODIUM LIGNOSULFONATE 50

3 WATER 700

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sodium gluconate. Dissolve sodium gluconate in the water completely.
Add sodium lignosulfonate and stirring well. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 149 **
LIQUID CONCRETE
SET RETARDER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 SODIUM GLUCONATE 250

2 SODIUM LIGNOSULFONATE 25

3 SODIUM POLYMELAMINE SULFONATE 25

4 WATER 700

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


sodium gluconate. Dissolve sodium gluconate in the water completely.
Add sodium lignosulfonate and sodium polymelamine sulfonate.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 150 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

LIQUID

CONCRETE

ANTIFREEZE

PRODUCTIONS
LIQUID
CONCRETE ANTIFREEZE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL ( MEG ) 400

2 WATER 600

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


monoethylene glycol. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 151 **
LIQUID
CONCRETE ANTIFREEZE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL ( MEG ) 300

2 SODIUM LIGNOSULFONATE 50

3 WATER 650

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


monoethylene glycol. Add sodium lignosulfonate and stirring well.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 152 **
LIQUID
CONCRETE ANTIFREEZE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL ( MEG ) 300

2 SODIUM LIGNOSULFONATE 25

3 SODIUM POLYMELAMINE SULFONATE 25

4 WATER 650

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


monoethylene glycol. Add sodium lignosulfonate and sodium
polymelamine sulfonate. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of concrete.

** 153 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

POLYMER BASED

MORTAR

ADDITIVES

PRODUCTIONS
POLYMER EMULSION BASED
MORTAR ADDITIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 350

2 SYTRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( SOFT ) 150

3 TEXANOL 2

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1

5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 2

6 WATER 495

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


styrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients while
mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of cement based mortar.

** 154 **
POLYMER EMULSION BASED
MORTAR ADDITIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 300

2 SYTRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( SOFT ) 100

3 TEXANOL 2

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1

5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 2

6 WATER 595

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


styrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients while
mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of cement based mortar.

** 155 **
POLYMER EMULSION BASED
MORTAR ADDITIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 300

2 TEXANOL 2

3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 2

5 WATER 595

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


styrene acrylic binder and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients while
mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of cement based mortar.

** 156 **
POLYMER EMULSION BASED
AND WATERPROOF MORTAR ADDITIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 400

2 SYTRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( SOFT ) 100

3 TEXANOL 2

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1

5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 2

6 SILICONE EMULSION 5

7 WATER 490

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


styrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients while
mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of cement based mortar.

** 157 **
POLYMER EMULSION BASED
AND WATERPROOF MORTAR ADDITIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 300

2 SYTRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( SOFT ) 100

3 TEXANOL 2

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1

5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 2

6 SILICONE EMULSION ( % 40 ) 5

7 WATER 590

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


styrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients while
mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of cement based mortar.

** 158 **
POLYMER EMULSION BASED
AND WATERPROOF MORTAR ADDITIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 300

2 TEXANOL 2

3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 2

5 SILICONE EMULSION ( % 40 ) 5

6 WATER 690

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


styrene acrylic binder and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients while
mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of cement based mortar.

** 159 **
POLYMER EMULSION BASED
ANTIFREEZE FEATURE MORTAR ADDITIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 400

2 SYTRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( SOFT ) 100

3 TEXANOL 2

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1

5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 2

6 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL ( MEG ) 10

7 WATER 485

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


styrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients while
mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of cement based mortar.

** 160 **
POLYMER EMULSION BASED
ANTIFREEZE FEATURE MORTAR ADDITIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 300

2 SYTRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( SOFT ) 100

3 TEXANOL 2

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1

5 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 2

6 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL ( MEG ) 10

7 WATER 585

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


styrene acrylic binders and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients while
mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of cement based mortar.

** 161 **
POLYMER EMULSION BASED
ANTIFREEZE FEATURE MORTAR ADDITIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 350

2 TEXANOL 2

3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 2

5 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL ( MEG ) 10

6 WATER 635

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add


styrene acrylic binder and mix well. Add the rest of ingredients while
mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

NOTE: Amount of using of above product is changable depending on


preparation of cement based mortar.

** 162 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

ACRYLIC BASED

CONCRETE

PRIMER

PRODUCTIONS
ACRYLIC EMULSION BASED
CONCRETE PRIMER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 300
2 TEXANOL 5
3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 2
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1.5
5 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 1
6 POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE ( KOH ) 2.5
7 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 3
8 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 200
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 340
10 POLYURETHANE THICKENER 5
11 WATER 140
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add 1, 2,


3, 4, 5, 6 ingredients and mix well. Add hydroxyethyl cellulose and mix
as high speed while mixing. Add silica sand and calcite during stirring.
Finally, add polyurethane thickener and mix as high speed. Continue to
stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 163 **
ACRYLIC EMULSION BASED
CONCRETE PRIMER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 280
2 TEXANOL 3
3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 2
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1.5
5 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 1
6 POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE ( KOH ) 2.5
7 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 3
8 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 237
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 330
10 POLYURETHANE THICKENER 5
11 WATER 135
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add 1, 2,


3, 4, 5, 6 ingredients and mix well. Add hydroxyethyl cellulose and mix
as high speed while mixing. Add silica sand and calcite during stirring.
Finally, add polyurethane thickener and mix as high speed. Continue to
stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 164 **
ACRYLIC EMULSION BASED
CONCRETE PRIMER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 265
2 TEXANOL 2
3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 2
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1.5
5 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 1
6 POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE ( KOH ) 2.5
7 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 3
8 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 248
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 330
10 POLYURETHANE THICKENER 5
11 WATER 140
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add 1, 2,


3, 4, 5, 6 ingredients and mix well. Add hydroxyethyl cellulose and mix
as high speed while mixing. Add silica sand and calcite during stirring.
Finally, add polyurethane thickener and mix as high speed. Continue to
stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 165 **
ACRYLIC EMULSION BASED AND
ANTIFREEZE ADDED CONCRETE PRIMER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 320
2 TEXANOL 5
3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1.5
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1.5
5 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 1
6 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL ( MEG ) 10
7 POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE ( KOH ) 3
8 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 3
9 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 250
10 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 250
11 POLYURETHANE THICKENER 5
12 WATER 150
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add 1, 2,


3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ingredients and mix well. Add hydroxyethyl cellulose and mix
as high speed while mixing. Add silica sand and calcite during stirring.
Finally, add polyurethane thickener and mix as high speed. Continue to
stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 166 **
ACRYLIC EMULSION BASED AND
ANTIFREEZE ADDED CONCRETE PRIMER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 300
2 TEXANOL 5
3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1.5
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1.5
5 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 1
6 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL ( MEG ) 10
7 POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE ( KOH ) 3
8 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 3
9 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 325
10 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 200
11 POLYURETHANE THICKENER 5
12 WATER 145
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add 1, 2,


3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ingredients and mix well. Add hydroxyethyl cellulose and mix
as high speed while mixing. Add silica sand and calcite during stirring.
Finally, add polyurethane thickener and mix as high speed. Continue to
stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 167 **
ACRYLIC EMULSION BASED AND
ANTIFREEZE ADDED CONCRETE PRIMER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 285
2 TEXANOL 3
3 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1.5
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1.5
5 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 1
6 MONOETHYLENE GLYCOL ( MEG ) 8
7 POTASSIUM HYDROXIDE ( KOH ) 2.5
8 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 2.5
9 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 350
10 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 200
11 POLYURETHANE THICKENER 5
12 WATER 140
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water in the process tank. Start to stirr. Add 1, 2,


3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ingredients and mix well. Add hydroxyethyl cellulose and mix
as high speed while mixing. Add silica sand and calcite during stirring.
Finally, add polyurethane thickener and mix as high speed. Continue to
stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 168 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

TWO COMPONENT

EPOXY BASED

LAMINATING COATING

PRODUCTIONS
TWO COMPONENT
EPOXY BASED LAMINATING COATING
FOR WATER CRACKS
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

SOLVENT FREE EPOXY RESIN ( Diluted ) 589

REACTIVE DILUENT 78

B COMPONENT

SOLVENT FREE EPOXY HARDENER 333

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge epoxy resin and reactive diluent in the process


tank. Start to stirr. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 13.34 kg

Component B: 6.66 kg

** 169 **
TWO COMPONENT
EPOXY BASED LAMINATING COATING
FOR WATER CRACKS
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
600
SOLVENT FREE EPOXY RESIN ( Diluted )

REACTIVE DILUENT 60

B COMPONENT

SOLVENT FREE EPOXY HARDENER 340

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge epoxy resin and reactive diluent in the process


tank. Start to stirr. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 13.34 kg

Component B: 6.66 kg

** 170 **
TWO COMPONENT
EPOXY BASED LAMINATING COATING
FOR WATER CRACKS
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
610
SOLVENT FREE EPOXY RESIN ( Diluted )

REACTIVE DILUENT 50

B COMPONENT

SOLVENT FREE EPOXY HARDENER 340

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge epoxy resin and reactive diluent in the process


tank. Start to stirr. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 13.34 kg

Component B: 6.66 kg

** 171 **
TWO COMPONENT AND UV RESISTANT
EPOXY BASED LAMINATING COATING
FOR WATER CRACKS
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

SOLVENT FREE EPOXY RESIN ( Diluted ) 589

UV ABSORBER AGENT 10

REACTIVE DILUENT 68

B COMPONENT

SOLVENT FREE EPOXY HARDENER 333

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge epoxy resin and reactive diluent in the process


tank. Start to stirr. Add uv absorber agent and mix. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 13.34 kg

Component B: 6.66 kg

** 172 **
TWO COMPONENT AND UV RESISTANT
EPOXY BASED LAMINATING COATING
FOR WATER CRACKS
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
610
SOLVENT FREE EPOXY RESIN ( Diluted )

UV ABSORBER AGENT 8

REACTIVE DILUENT 52

B COMPONENT

SOLVENT FREE EPOXY HARDENER 330

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge epoxy resin and reactive diluent in the process


tank. Start to stirr. Add uv absorber agent and mix. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 13.34 kg

Component B: 6.66 kg

** 173 **
TWO COMPONENT AND UV RESISTANT
EPOXY BASED LAMINATING COATING
FOR WATER CRACKS
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
605
SOLVENT FREE EPOXY RESIN ( Diluted )

UV ABSORBER AGENT 10

REACTIVE DILUENT 45

B COMPONENT

SOLVENT FREE EPOXY HARDENER 340

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge epoxy resin and reactive diluent in the process


tank. Start to stirr. Add uv absorber agent and stirr mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 13.34 kg

Component B: 6.66 kg

** 174 **
TWO COMPONENT
EPOXY BASED LAMINATING COATING
FOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

SOLVENT FREE EPOXY RESIN ( Diluted ) 610

REACTIVE DILUENT 50

B COMPONENT

SOLVENT FREE EPOXY HARDENER 340

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge epoxy resin and reactive diluent in the process


tank. Start to stirr. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 13.34 kg

Component B: 6.66 kg

** 175 **
TWO COMPONENT
EPOXY BASED LAMINATING COATING
FOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
610
SOLVENT FREE EPOXY RESIN ( Diluted )

REACTIVE DILUENT 45

B COMPONENT

SOLVENT FREE EPOXY HARDENER 345

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge epoxy resin and reactive diluent in the process


tank. Start to stirr. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 13.34 kg

Component B: 6.66 kg

** 176 **
TWO COMPONENT
EPOXY BASED LAMINATING COATING
FOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
610
SOLVENT FREE EPOXY RESIN ( Diluted )

REACTIVE DILUENT 50

B COMPONENT

SOLVENT FREE EPOXY HARDENER 340

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge epoxy resin and reactive diluent in the process


tank. Start to stirr. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 13.34 kg

Component B: 6.66 kg

** 177 **
TWO COMPONENT AND UV RESISTANT
EPOXY BASED LAMINATING COATING
FOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

SOLVENT FREE EPOXY RESIN ( Diluted ) 600

UV ABSORBER AGENT 10

REACTIVE DILUENT 50

B COMPONENT

SOLVENT FREE EPOXY HARDENER 340

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge epoxy resin and reactive diluent in the process


tank. Start to stirr. Add uv absorber agent and mix. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 13.34 kg

Component B: 6.66 kg

** 178 **
TWO COMPONENT AND UV RESISTANT
EPOXY BASED LAMINATING COATING
FOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
610
SOLVENT FREE EPOXY RESIN ( Diluted )

UV ABSORBER AGENT 8

REACTIVE DILUENT 42

B COMPONENT

SOLVENT FREE EPOXY HARDENER 340

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge epoxy resin and reactive diluent in the process


tank. Start to stirr. Add uv absorber agent and mix. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 13.34 kg

Component B: 6.66 kg

** 179 **
TWO COMPONENT AND UV RESISTANT
EPOXY BASED LAMINATING COATING
FOR ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
590
SOLVENT FREE EPOXY RESIN ( Diluted )

UV ABSORBER AGENT 10

REACTIVE DILUENT 70

B COMPONENT

SOLVENT FREE EPOXY HARDENER 330

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge epoxy resin and reactive diluent in the process


tank. Start to stirr. Add uv absorber agent and stirr mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

MIXTURE RATIO:

Component A: 13.34 kg

Component B: 6.66 kg

** 180 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

TILE

ADHESIVE

LIQUID PASTE

PRODUCTIONS
TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( MEDIUM ) 250
2 WETTING AGENT 2
3 DEFOAMER AGENT 2
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1
5 TEXANOL 2
6 AMMONIA ( LIQUID ) 1
7 WATER 150
B COMPONENT
8 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 3
C COMPONENT
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 579
10 ALUMINIUM OXIDE 10

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge A component in the process tank. Start to mix.


Dissolve all A component in the water completely. Add hydroxyethyl
cellulose and mix as high speed. Add calcite and aluminium oxide during
stirring high speed. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 181 **
TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( MEDIUM ) 230
2 WETTING AGENT 2
3 DEFOAMER AGENT 2
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1
5 TEXANOL 2
6 AMMONIA ( LIQUID ) 1
7 WATER 160
B COMPONENT
8 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 3
C COMPONENT
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 591
10 ALUMINIUM OXIDE 8

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge A component in the process tank. Start to mix.


Dissolve all A component in the water completely. Add hydroxyethyl
cellulose and mix as high speed. Add calcite and aluminium oxide during
stirring high speed. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 182 **
TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( MEDIUM ) 200
2 WETTING AGENT 2
3 DEFOAMER AGENT 2
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 2
5 TEXANOL 2
6 AMMONIA ( LIQUID ) 1.5
7 WATER 165
B COMPONENT
8 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 2.5
C COMPONENT
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 615
10 ALUMINIUM OXIDE 8

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge A component in the process tank. Start to mix.


Dissolve all A component in the water completely. Add hydroxyethyl
cellulose and mix as high speed. Add calcite and aluminium oxide during
stirring high speed. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 183 **
SILICONE BASED
TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( MEDIUM ) 240
2 WETTING AGENT 2
3 DEFOAMER AGENT 2
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1
5 TEXANOL 2
6 AMMONIA ( LIQUID ) 1
7 SILICONE OIL EMULSION ( % 40 ) 10
8 WATER 150
B COMPONENT
9 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 3
C COMPONENT
10 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 579
11 ALUMINIUM OXIDE 10

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge A component in the process tank. Start to mix.


Dissolve all A component in the water completely. Add hydroxyethyl
cellulose and mix as high speed. Add calcite and aluminium oxide during
stirring high speed. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 184 **
SILICONE BASED
TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( MEDIUM ) 220
2 WETTING AGENT 2
3 DEFOAMER AGENT 2
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1
5 TEXANOL 2
6 AMMONIA ( LIQUID ) 1
7 SILICONE OIL EMULSION ( % 40 ) 7
8 WATER 160
B COMPONENT
9 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 3
C COMPONENT
10 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 592
11 ALUMINIUM OXIDE 10

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge A component in the process tank. Start to mix.


Dissolve all A component in the water completely. Add hydroxyethyl
cellulose and mix as high speed. Add calcite and aluminium oxide during
stirring high speed. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 185 **
SILICONE BASED
TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( MEDIUM ) 210
2 WETTING AGENT 2
3 DEFOAMER AGENT 2
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 2
5 TEXANOL 3
6 AMMONIA ( LIQUID ) 1
7 SILICONE OIL EMULSION ( % 40 ) 7
8 WATER 160
B COMPONENT
9 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 3
C COMPONENT
10 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 600
11 ALUMINIUM OXIDE 10

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge A component in the process tank. Start to mix.


Dissolve all A component in the water completely. Add hydroxyethyl
cellulose and mix as high speed. Add calcite and aluminium oxide during
stirring high speed. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 186 **
BITUMEN BASED
TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( MEDIUM ) 220
2 WETTING AGENT 2
3 DEFOAMER AGENT 2
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1
5 TEXANOL 2
6 AMMONIA ( LIQUID ) 1
7 ANIONIC BITUMEN EMULSION 20
8 WATER 150
B COMPONENT
9 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 3
C COMPONENT
10 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 579
11 ALUMINIUM OXIDE 10

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge A component in the process tank. Start to mix.


Dissolve all A component in the water completely. Add hydroxyethyl
cellulose and mix as high speed. Add calcite and aluminium oxide during
stirring high speed. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 187 **
BITUMEN BASED
TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( MEDIUM ) 200
2 WETTING AGENT 2
3 DEFOAMER AGENT 1
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1
5 TEXANOL 2
6 AMMONIA ( LIQUID ) 1
7 ANIONIC BITUMEN EMULSION 20
8 WATER 160
B COMPONENT
9 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 3
C COMPONENT
10 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 600
11 ALUMINIUM OXIDE 10

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge A component in the process tank. Start to mix.


Dissolve all A component in the water completely. Add hydroxyethyl
cellulose and mix as high speed. Add calcite and aluminium oxide during
stirring high speed. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 188 **
BITUMEN BASED
TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( MEDIUM ) 185
2 WETTING AGENT 2
3 DEFOAMER AGENT 2
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 2
5 TEXANOL 3
6 AMMONIA ( LIQUID ) 1
7 ANIONIC BITUMEN EMULSION 25
8 WATER 155
B COMPONENT
9 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 2
C COMPONENT
10 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 613
11 ALUMINIUM OXIDE 10

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge A component in the process tank. Start to mix.


Dissolve all A component in the water completely. Add hydroxyethyl
cellulose and mix as high speed. Add calcite and aluminium oxide during
stirring high speed. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 189 **
SILICONE AND BITUMEN BASED
TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( MEDIUM ) 225
2 WETTING AGENT 2
3 DEFOAMER AGENT 2
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1
5 TEXANOL 2
6 AMMONIA ( LIQUID ) 1
7 SILICONE OIL EMULSION ( % 40 ) 10
8 ANIONIC BITUMEN EMULSION 20
9 WATER 145
B COMPONENT
10 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 3
C COMPONENT
11 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 579
12 ALUMINIUM OXIDE 10

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge A component in the process tank. Start to mix.


Dissolve all A component in the water completely. Add hydroxyethyl
cellulose and mix as high speed. Add calcite and aluminium oxide during
stirring high speed. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 190 **
SILICONE AND BITUMEN BASED
TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( MEDIUM ) 210
2 WETTING AGENT 2
3 DEFOAMER AGENT 2
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1
5 TEXANOL 2
6 AMMONIA ( LIQUID ) 1
7 SILICONE OIL EMULSION ( % 40 ) 7
8 ANIONIC BITUMEN EMULSION 20
9 WATER 150
B COMPONENT
10 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 3
C COMPONENT
11 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 592
12 ALUMINIUM OXIDE 10

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge A component in the process tank. Start to mix.


Dissolve all A component in the water completely. Add hydroxyethyl
cellulose and mix as high speed. Add calcite and aluminium oxide during
stirring high speed. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 191 **
SILICONE AND BITUMEN BASED
TILE ADHESIVE PASTE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( MEDIUM ) 200
2 WETTING AGENT 2
3 DEFOAMER AGENT 2
4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 2
5 TEXANOL 3
6 AMMONIA ( LIQUID ) 1
7 SILICONE OIL EMULSION ( % 40 ) 7
8 ANIONIC BITUMEN EMULSION 20
9 WATER 150
B COMPONENT
10 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 3
C COMPONENT
11 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 600
12 ALUMINIUM OXIDE 10

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge A component in the process tank. Start to mix.


Dissolve all A component in the water completely. Add hydroxyethyl
cellulose and mix as high speed. Add calcite and aluminium oxide during
stirring high speed. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 192 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

PVC

ADHESIVE

PRODUCTIONS
PVC PARQUET ADHESIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 POLYVINYL ALCOHOL ( PVA ) 25

2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 400

3 WETTING AGENT 2

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 2

5 ANTIFOAM AGENT 2

6 BUTYL DIGLYCOL ACETATE 5

7 AMMONIA 1

8 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 300

9 WATER 263
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water and polyvinyl alcohol in the process tank.


Start to mix. Dissolve polyvinyl alcohol in the water completely.
Add 3, 4, 5, 6 ingredients given order and mix well. Add half of ammonia
while mixing. Add calcite and styrene acrylic binder separately. Add rest
of ammonia during stirring. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 193 **
PVC PARQUET ADHESIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 POLYVINYL ALCOHOL ( PVA ) 20

2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 380

3 WETTING AGENT 2

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 2

5 ANTIFOAM AGENT 2

6 BUTYL DIGLYCOL ACETATE 5

7 AMMONIA 1

8 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 308

9 WATER 280
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water and polyvinyl alcohol in the process tank.


Start to mix. Dissolve polyvinyl alcohol in the water completely.
Add 3, 4, 5, 6 ingredients given order and mix well. Add half of ammonia
while mixing. Add calcite and styrene acrylic binder separately. Add rest
of ammonia during stirring. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 194 **
PVC PARQUET ADHESIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 POLYVINYL ALCOHOL ( PVA ) 25

2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 377

3 WETTING AGENT 2

4 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 2

5 ANTIFOAM AGENT 2

6 BUTYL DIGLYCOL ACETATE 6

7 AMMONIA 1

8 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 285

10 WATER 275
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water and polyvinyl alcohol in the process tank.


Start to mix. Dissolve polyvinyl alcohol in the water completely.
Add 3, 4, 5, 6 ingredients given order and mix well. Add half of ammonia
while mixing. Add calcite and styrene acrylic binder separately. Add rest
of ammonia during stirring. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 195 **
SOLVENT FREE
CARPET AND SPONGE ADHESIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 POLYVINYL ALCOHOL ( PVA ) 2
2 WETTING AGENT 2
3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1
4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 2
5 WATER 340

B COMPONENT
6 AMMONIA 1

C COMPONENT
7 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE 2

D COMPONENT
8 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 300
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 300
10 TALC ( 50 MICRON ) 50
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge all ingredients in the A component to process


tank. Start to mix. Dissolve A component in the water completely. Add
ammonia and mix well. Add hydroxyethyl cellulose and mix high speed
until mixture is thickness. Add styrene acrilic binder, talc and calcite
while mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 196 **
SOLVENT FREE
CARPET AND SPONGE ADHESIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 POLYVINYL ALCOHOL ( PVA ) 2
2 WETTING AGENT 2
3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1
4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 2
5 WATER 340

B COMPONENT
6 AMMONIA 1

C COMPONENT
7 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE 2

D COMPONENT
8 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 275
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 315
10 TALC ( 50 MICRON ) 50
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge all ingredients in the A component to process


tank. Start to mix. Dissolve A component in the water completely. Add
ammonia and mix well. Add hydroxyethyl cellulose and mix high speed
until mixture is thickness. Add styrene acrilic binder, talc and calcite
while mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 197 **
SOLVENT FREE
CARPET AND SPONGE ADHESIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 POLYVINYL ALCOHOL ( PVA ) 2
2 WETTING AGENT 2
3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1
4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 1
5 WATER 361

B COMPONENT
6 AMMONIA 1

C COMPONENT
7 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE 2

D COMPONENT
8 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER 250
9 CALCITE ( 50 – 100 MICRON ) 380

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge all ingredients in the A component to process


tank. Start to mix. Dissolve A component in the water completely. Add
ammonia and mix well. Add hydroxyethyl cellulose and mix high speed
until mixture is thickness. Add styrene acrilic binder and calcite while
mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is
enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 198 **
RESIN BASED
PVC PARQUET ADHESIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 COLOPHON RESIN 120
2 TOLUENE 50

B COMPONENT
3 SODIUM HYDROXIDE 5
4 WATER 15

C COMPONENT
5 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 450
6 CALCITE ( 5 MICRON ) 356

D COMPONENT
7 ACRYLIC THICKENER 4

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Two containers should be used. Add colophon resin and


toluene in the first container and waiting for a day. The next day, add
sodium hydroxide and water in the second container and mix well. Add
styrene acrylic binder and calcite as high speed. Add half of mixture first
container to the second container while mixing. Add acrylic thickener
during high speed mixing. Add rest of mixture in the first container while
high speed stirring. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 199 **
RESIN BASED
PVC PARQUET ADHESIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 COLOPHON RESIN 115
2 TOLUENE 40

B COMPONENT
3 SODIUM HYDROXIDE 5
4 WATER 15

C COMPONENT
5 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 400
6 CALCITE ( 5 MICRON ) 422

D COMPONENT
7 ACRYLIC THICKENER 3

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Two containers should be used. Add colophon resin and


toluene in the first container and waiting for a day. The next day, add
sodium hydroxide and water in the second container and mix well. Add
styrene acrylic binder and calcite as high speed. Add half of mixture first
container to the second container while mixing. Add acrylic thickener
during high speed mixing. Add rest of mixture in the first container while
high speed stirring. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 200 **
RESIN BASED
PVC PARQUET ADHESIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 COLOPHON RESIN 110
2 TOLUENE 50

B COMPONENT
3 SODIUM HYDROXIDE 6
4 WATER 15

C COMPONENT
5 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 380
6 CALCITE ( 5 MICRON ) 436

D COMPONENT
7 ACRYLIC THICKENER 3

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Two containers should be used. Add colophon resin and


toluene in the first container and waiting for a day. The next day, add
sodium hydroxide and water in the second container and mix well. Add
styrene acrylic binder and calcite as high speed. Add half of mixture first
container to the second container while mixing. Add acrylic thickener
during high speed mixing. Add rest of mixture in the first container while
high speed stirring. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 201 **
RESIN AND RUBBER BASED
PVC PARQUET ADHESIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 COLOPHON RESIN 100
2 TOLUENE 50
3 SBR RUBBER 20

B COMPONENT
4 SODIUM HYDROXIDE 5
5 WATER 15

C COMPONENT
6 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 400
7 CALCITE ( 5 MICRON ) 407

D COMPONENT
8 ACRYLIC THICKENER 3

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Two containers should be used. Add colophon resin, sbr


rubber and toluene in the first container and waiting for a day. The next
day, add sodium hydroxide and water in the second container and mix
well. Add styrene acrylic binder and calcite as high speed. Add half of
mixture first container to the second container while mixing. Add acrylic
thickener during high speed mixing. Add rest of mixture in the first
container while high speed stirring. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 202 **
RESIN AND RUBBER BASED
PVC PARQUET ADHESIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 COLOPHON RESIN 100
2 TOLUENE 40
3 SBR RUBBER 15

B COMPONENT
4 SODIUM HYDROXIDE 6
5 WATER 15

C COMPONENT
6 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 400
7 CALCITE ( 5 MICRON ) 421

D COMPONENT
8 ACRYLIC THICKENER 3

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Two containers should be used. Add colophon resin, sbr


rubber and toluene in the first container and waiting for a day. The next
day, add sodium hydroxide and water in the second container and mix
well. Add styrene acrylic binder and calcite as high speed. Add half of
mixture first container to the second container while mixing. Add acrylic
thickener during high speed mixing. Add rest of mixture in the first
container while high speed stirring. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 203 **
RESIN AND RUBBER BASED
PVC PARQUET ADHESIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 COLOPHON RESIN 120
2 TOLUENE 40
3 SBR RUBBER 15

B COMPONENT
4 SODIUM HYDROXIDE 6
5 WATER 15

C COMPONENT
6 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 375
7 CALCITE ( 5 MICRON ) 426

D COMPONENT
8 ACRYLIC THICKENER 3

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Two containers should be used. Add colophon resin, sbr


rubber and toluene in the first container and waiting for a day. The next
day, add sodium hydroxide and water in the second container and mix
well. Add styrene acrylic binder and calcite as high speed. Add half of
mixture first container to the second container while mixing. Add acrylic
thickener during high speed mixing. Add rest of mixture in the first
container while high speed stirring. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 204 **
PVC HOTMELT ADHESIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 ROSIN ESTER RESIN 350

2 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 2

3 ETHYLENE VINYL ACETATE ( EVA ) 150

4 CALCITE ( 5 MICRON ) 498

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge rosin ester resin and ethylene vinyl acetate in the
tank and mix. Heat 150 – 200 C degree while mixing. Add calcite part
top art during mixing. Add preservative agent and mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Making hotmelt adhesive is not easy and generally depending


on machine to make granular.

** 205 **
PVC HOTMELT ADHESIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 ROSIN ESTER RESIN 325

2 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 1

3 ETHYLENE VINYL ACETATE ( EVA ) 160

4 LIQUID PARAFFIN 2

5 CALCITE ( 5 MICRON ) 512

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge rosin ester resin and ethylene vinyl acetate in the
tank and mix. Heat 150 – 200 C degree while mixing. Add calcite part to
part during mixing. Add preservative agent and liquid paraffin while
constant temperature and mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Making hotmelt adhesive is not easy and generally depending


on machine to make granular.

** 206 **
PVC HOTMELT ADHESIVE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 ROSIN ESTER RESIN 320

2 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 2

3 ETHYLENE VINYL ACETATE ( EVA ) 160

4 LIQUID PARAFFIN 3

5 CALCITE ( 5 MICRON ) 515

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge rosin ester resin and ethylene vinyl acetate in the
tank and mix. Heat 150 – 200 C degree while mixing. Add calcite part to
part during mixing. Add preservative agent and liquid paraffin while
constant temperature and mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Making hotmelt adhesive is not easy and generally depending


on machine to make granular.

** 207 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

TREE COMPONENT

EPOXY

REPAIR MORTAR

PRODUCTIONS
THREE COMPONENT
EPOXY FIXING AND REPAIR MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 SOLVENT FREE EPOXY RESIN 140

B COMPONENT
2 SOLVENT FREE EPOXY HARDENER 70

C COMPONENT
3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 ) 500
4 CALCITE ( 5 – 50 MICRON ) 290

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: A and B parts should be packaged separately.

USE: A and B component is mixed as high speed until homogenous.


Then, C component is mixed while high speed stirring. When mixture is
homogenous, mixing is stopped and used.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 208 **
THREE COMPONENT
EPOXY FIXING AND REPAIR MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 SOLVENT FREE EPOXY RESIN 130

B COMPONENT
2 SOLVENT FREE EPOXY HARDENER 65

C COMPONENT
3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 ) 505
4 CALCITE ( 5 – 50 MICRON ) 300

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: A and B parts should be packaged separately.

USE: A and B component is mixed as high speed until homogenous.


Then, C component is mixed while high speed stirring. When mixture is
homogenous, mixing is stopped and used.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 209 **
THREE COMPONENT
EPOXY FIXING AND REPAIR MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 SOLVENT FREE EPOXY RESIN 120

B COMPONENT
2 SOLVENT FREE EPOXY HARDENER 60

C COMPONENT
3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 ) 470
4 CALCITE ( 5 – 50 MICRON ) 350

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: A and B parts should be packaged separately.

USE: A and B component is mixed as high speed until homogenous.


Then, C component is mixed while high speed stirring. When mixture is
homogenous, mixing is stopped and used.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 210 **
THREE COMPONENT AND RAPID SET
EPOXY FIXING AND REPAIR MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 SOLVENT FREE EPOXY RESIN 140

B COMPONENT
2 SOLVENT FREE EPOXY HARDENER 90

C COMPONENT
3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 ) 500
4 CALCITE ( 5 – 50 MICRON ) 270

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: A and B parts should be packaged separately.

USE: A and B component is mixed as high speed until homogenous.


Then, C component is mixed while high speed stirring. When mixture is
homogenous, mixing is stopped and used.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 211 **
THREE COMPONENT AND RAPID SET
EPOXY FIXING AND REPAIR MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 SOLVENT FREE EPOXY RESIN 130

B COMPONENT
2 SOLVENT FREE EPOXY HARDENER 80

C COMPONENT
3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 ) 490
4 CALCITE ( 5 – 50 MICRON ) 300

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: A and B parts should be packaged separately.

USE: A and B component is mixed as high speed until homogenous.


Then, C component is mixed while high speed stirring. When mixture is
homogenous, mixing is stopped and used.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 212 **
THREE COMPONENT AND RAPID SET
EPOXY FIXING AND REPAIR MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT
1 SOLVENT FREE EPOXY RESIN 120

B COMPONENT
2 SOLVENT FREE EPOXY HARDENER 80

C COMPONENT
3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 ) 450
4 CALCITE ( 5 – 50 MICRON ) 350

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: A and B parts should be packaged separately.

USE: A and B component is mixed as high speed until homogenous.


Then, C component is mixed while high speed stirring. When mixture is
homogenous, mixing is stopped and used.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 213 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

ONE COMPONENT

ROAD

MARKING PAINTS

PRODUCTIONS
ONE COMPONENT
ROAD MARKING PAINT
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 POLYMETHYLMETHACRYLATE 250

2 XYLENE 250

3 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 120

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 200

5 CALCITE ( 5 – 20 MICRON ) 180

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge xylene to the process tank. Start to mix. Add


polymethylmethacrylate while mixing. Mix until making a viscous resin.
Add titanium dioxide and mix well. Add silica sand and calcite part to
part separately. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 214 **
ONE COMPONENT
ROAD MARKING PAINT
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 POLYMETHYLMETHACRYLATE 250

2 XYLENE 220

3 TOLUENE 30

4 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 100

5 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 200

6 CALCITE ( 5 – 20 MICRON ) 200

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge xylene and toluene to the process tank. Start to


mix. Add polymethylmethacrylate while mixing. Mix until making a
viscous resin. Add titanium dioxide and mix well. Add silica sand and
calcite part to part separately. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 215 **
ONE COMPONENT
ROAD MARKING PAINT
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 POLYMETHYLMETHACRYLATE 230

2 XYLENE 200

3 TOLUENE 30

4 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 100

5 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 200

6 CALCITE ( 5 – 20 MICRON ) 240

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge xylene and toluene to the process tank. Start to


mix. Add polymethylmethacrylate while mixing. Mix until making a
viscous resin. Add titanium dioxide and mix well. Add silica sand and
calcite part to part separately. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 216 **
ONE COMPONENT AND FLEXIBLE
ROAD MARKING PAINT
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 POLYMETHYLMETHACRYLATE 240

2 XYLENE 250

3 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 120

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 200

5 CALCITE ( 5 – 20 MICRON ) 175

CHLORO PARAFFIN 15

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge xylene to the process tank. Start to mix. Add


polymethylmethacrylate and chloro paraffin while mixing. Mix until
making a viscous resin. Add titanium dioxide and mix well. Add silica
sand and calcite part to part separately. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 217 **
ONE COMPONENT AND FLEXIBLE
ROAD MARKING PAINT
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 POLYMETHYLMETHACRYLATE 250

2 XYLENE 220

3 TOLUENE 30

4 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 100

5 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 187

6 CALCITE ( 5 – 20 MICRON ) 200

7 CHLORO PARAFFIN 13

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge xylene and toluene to the process tank. Start to


mix. Add polymethylmethacrylate and chloro paraffin while mixing. Mix
until making a viscous resin. Add titanium dioxide and mix well. Add
silica sand and calcite part to part separately. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 218 **
ONE COMPONENT AND FLEXIBLE
ROAD MARKING PAINT
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 POLYMETHYLMETHACRYLATE 235

2 XYLENE 200

3 TOLUENE 30

4 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 100

5 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 185

6 CALCITE ( 5 – 20 MICRON ) 240

7 CHLORO PARAFFIN 10

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge xylene and toluene to the process tank. Start to


mix. Add polymethylmethacrylate and chloro paraffin while mixing. Mix
until making a viscous resin. Add titanium dioxide and mix well. Add
silica sand and calcite part to part separately. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 219 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

TWO COMPONENT

ROAD

MARKING PAINTS

PRODUCTIONS
TWO COMPONENT
ROAD MARKING PAINT
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 POLYMETHYLMETHACRYLATE ( Liquid ) 220

2 GLASS BEADS 293

3 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 90

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 380

B COMPONENT

5 DIBENZYL PEROXIDE ( POWDER ) 17

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge polymethylmethacrylate to the process tank. Start


to mix. Add titanium dioxide and mix well. Add silica sand and glass
beads separalety while stirring. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

USE: B component is directly packaged. When above product is


prepared. Two components are mixed very well and used.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 220 **
TWO COMPONENT
ROAD MARKING PAINT
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 POLYMETHYLMETHACRYLATE ( Liquid ) 200

2 GLASS BEADS 295

3 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 90

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 400

B COMPONENT

5 DIBENZYL PEROXIDE ( POWDER ) 15

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge polymethylmethacrylate to the process tank. Start


to mix. Add titanium dioxide and mix well. Add silica sand and glass
beads separalety while stirring. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

USE: B component is directly packaged. When above product is


prepared. Two components are mixed very well and used.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 221 **
TWO COMPONENT
ROAD MARKING PAINT
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 POLYMETHYLMETHACRYLATE ( Liquid ) 190

2 GLASS BEADS 300

3 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 84.5

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 411

B COMPONENT

5 DIBENZYL PEROXIDE ( POWDER ) 14.5

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge polymethylmethacrylate to the process tank. Start


to mix. Add titanium dioxide and mix well. Add silica sand and glass
beads separalety while stirring. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

USE: B component is directly packaged. When above product is


prepared. Two components are mixed very well and used.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 222 **
TWO COMPONENT AND FLEXIBLE
ROAD MARKING PAINT
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 POLYMETHYLMETHACRYLATE ( Liquid ) 215

2 GLASS BEADS 290

3 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 85

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 369

5 CHLORO PARAFFIN 25

B COMPONENT

6 DIBENZYL PEROXIDE ( POWDER ) 16

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge polymethylmethacrylate to the process tank. Start


to mix. Add chloro paraffin while mixing. Add titanium dioxide and mix
well. Add silica sand and glass beads separalety while stirring. Continue
to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

USE: B component is directly packaged. When above product is


prepared. Two components are mixed very well and used.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 223 **
TWO COMPONENT AND FLEXIBLE
ROAD MARKING PAINT
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 POLYMETHYLMETHACRYLATE ( Liquid ) 200

2 GLASS BEADS 295

3 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 90

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 380

5 CHLORO PARAFFIN 20

B COMPONENT

6 DIBENZYL PEROXIDE ( POWDER ) 15

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge polymethylmethacrylate to the process tank. Start


to mix. Add chloro paraffin during stirring. Add titanium dioxide and mix
well. Add silica sand and glass beads separalety while stirring. Continue
to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

USE: B component is directly packaged. When above product is


prepared. Two components are mixed very well and used.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 224 **
TWO COMPONENT AND FLEXIBLE
ROAD MARKING PAINT
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
A COMPONENT

1 POLYMETHYLMETHACRYLATE ( Liquid ) 190

2 GLASS BEADS 295

3 TITANIUM DIOXIDE 85

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 400

5 CHLORO PARAFFIN 15.5

B COMPONENT

6 DIBENZYL PEROXIDE ( POWDER ) 14.5

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge polymethylmethacrylate to the process tank. Start


to mix. Add chloro paraffin during high speed. Add titanium dioxide and
mix well. Add silica sand and glass beads separalety while stirring.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

USE: B component is directly packaged. When above product is


prepared. Two components are mixed very well and used.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 225 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

MINERAL

PLASTERS

PRODUCTIONS
MINERAL PLASTER PASTE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 WATER 895

2 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 20

3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 5

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 5

5 TEXANOL 15

6 WHITE SPIRIT 10

7 AMMONIA 50

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water to the process tank. Start to mix. Add 2, 3,


4, 5 ingredients and mix as high speed. Add ammonia until mixture
should be thickness. Add White spirit and mix well. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 226 **
MINERAL PLASTER PASTE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 WATER 920

2 HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE ( HEC ) 15

3 PRESERVATIVE AGENT 3

4 ANTIFOAM AGENT 3

5 TEXANOL 14

6 WHITE SPIRIT 10

7 AMMONIA 35

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge water to the process tank. Start to mix. Add 2, 3,


4, 5 ingredients and mix as high speed. Add ammonia until mixture
should be thickness. Add White spirit and mix well. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 227 **
MINERAL PLASTER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 MINERAL PLASTER PASTE 180
( PREPARED ABOVE )

2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 140

3 COLOR PATTERN STONES 680


( DIFFERENT COLOR )

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge mineral plaster paste to the process tank. Add


styrene acrylic binder and mix very well. Add different color pattern
Stones while constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is balanced
and homogenous. Homogenous is enough and stable. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Mineral plaster paste was prepared two pages before.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 228 **
MINERAL PLASTER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 MINERAL PLASTER PASTE 170
( PREPARED ABOVE )

2 TEXANOL 5

3 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 125

4 COLOR PATTERN STONES 700


( DIFFERENT COLOR )

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge mineral plaster paste to the process tank. Add


styrene acrylic binder and mix very well. Add texanol while mixing. Add
different color pattern Stones while constant mixing. Continue to stirr
until mixture is balanced and homogenous. Homogenous is enough and
stable. Process is completed.

NOTE: Mineral plaster paste was prepared two pages before.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 229 **
MINERAL PLASTER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 MINERAL PLASTER PASTE 150
( PREPARED ABOVE )

2 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 125

3 COLOR PATTERN STONES 725


( DIFFERENT COLOR )

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge mineral plaster paste to the process tank. Add


styrene acrylic binder and mix very well. Add different color pattern
Stones while constant mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is balanced
and homogenous. Homogenous is enough and stable. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Mineral plaster paste was prepared two pages before.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 230 **
SILICONE BASED
MINERAL PLASTER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 MINERAL PLASTER PASTE 165
( PREPARED ABOVE )

2 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 15

3 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 140

4 COLOR PATTERN STONES 680


( DIFFERENT COLOR )

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge mineral plaster paste to the process tank. Add


styrene acrylic binder and silicone oil emulsion while stirring. Add
different color pattern Stones while constant mixing. Continue to stirr
until mixture is balanced and homogenous. Homogenous is enough and
stable. Process is completed.

NOTE: Mineral plaster paste was prepared two pages before.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 231 **
SILICONE BASED
MINERAL PLASTER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 MINERAL PLASTER PASTE 150
( PREPARED ABOVE )

2 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 10

3 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 130

4 COLOR PATTERN STONES 710


( DIFFERENT COLOR )

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge mineral plaster paste to the process tank. Add


styrene acrylic binder and silicone oil emulsion while stirring. Add
different color pattern Stones while constant mixing. Continue to stirr
until mixture is balanced and homogenous. Homogenous is enough and
stable. Process is completed.

NOTE: Mineral plaster paste was prepared two pages before.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 232 **
SILICONE BASED
MINERAL PLASTER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 MINERAL PLASTER PASTE 130
( PREPARED ABOVE )

2 SILICONE OIL EMULSION 10

3 STYRENE ACRYLIC BINDER ( HARD ) 130

4 COLOR PATTERN STONES 730


( DIFFERENT COLOR )

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge mineral plaster paste to the process tank. Add


styrene acrylic binder and silicone oil emulsion while stirring. Add
different color pattern Stones while constant mixing. Continue to stirr
until mixture is balanced and homogenous. Homogenous is enough and
stable. Process is completed.

NOTE: Mineral plaster paste was prepared two pages before.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 233 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

CELLULOSE

THINNER

PRODUCTIONS
CELLULOSE THINNER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 TOLUENE 850

2 ISOBUTYL ACETATE ( IBA ) 150

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge toluene to the process tank. Start to mix. Add


isobutyl acetate and mix well. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 234 **
CELLULOSE THINNER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 TOLUENE 800

2 ISOBUTYL ACETATE ( IBA ) 100

3 ACETONE 100

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge toluene to the process tank. Start to mix. Add


isobutyl acetate and acetone while mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture
is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 235 **
CELLULOSE THINNER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 TOLUENE 800

2 ISOBUTYL ACETATE ( IBA ) 50

3 ACETONE 100

4 ISOBUTANOL 50

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge toluene to the process tank. Start to mix. Add


isobutyl acetate, isobutanol and acetone while mixing. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 236 **
CELLULOSE THINNER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 4

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 TOLUENE 800

2 ISOBUTYL ACETATE ( IBA ) 50

3 ACETONE 50

4 ISOBUTANOL 50

5 BUTYL GLYCOL 50

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge toluene to the process tank. Start to mix. Add


isobutyl acetate, isobutanol and acetone while mixing. Add butyl glycol
and mix well. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 237 **
CELLULOSE THINNER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 5

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 TOLUENE 800

2 ACETONE 150

3 ISOBUTANOL 50

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge toluene to the process tank. Start to mix. Add


isobutanol and acetone while mixing. Continue to stirr until mixture is
homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 238 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SYNTHETIC

THINNER

PRODUCTIONS
SYNTHETIC THINNER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 WHITE SPIRIT 1000

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge White spirit to the process tank. White spirit is


packaged directly.

** 239 **
SYNTHETIC THINNER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 WHITE SPIRIT 850

2 TOLUENE 150

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge White spirit to the process tank. Start to mix. Add
toluene and mix well. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 240 **
SYNTHETIC THINNER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 WHITE SPIRIT 750

2 TOLUENE 200

3 ACETONE 50

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge White spirit to the process tank. Start to mix. Add
toluene and mix well. Add acetone while mixing. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 241 **
SYNTHETIC THINNER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 4

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 WHITE SPIRIT 800

2 TOLUENE 100

3 ACETONE 50

4 ISOBUTANOL 50

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge White spirit to the process tank. Start to mix. Add
toluene and mix well. Add acetone and isobutanol while mixing.
Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough.
Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 242 **
SYNTHETIC THINNER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 5

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 WHITE SPIRIT 850

2 TOLUENE 150

3 ISOBUTANOL 50

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge White spirit to the process tank. Start to mix. Add
toluene and mix well. Add isobutanol while mixing. Continue to stirr until
mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 243 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

ACRYLIC

THINNER

PRODUCTIONS
ACRYLIC THINNER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 XYLENE 200

2 ISOBUTYL ACETATE 800

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge isobutyl acetate to the process tank. Start to mix.


Add xylene and mix well. Continue to stirr until mixture is homogenous.
Homogenous is enough. Process is completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 244 **
ACRYLIC THINNER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 XYLENE 150

2 ISOBUTYL ACETATE 800

3 ACETONE 50

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge isobutyl acetate to the process tank. Start to mix.


Add xylene and mix well. Add acetone while mixing. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 245 **
ACRYLIC THINNER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 XYLENE 100

2 ISOBUTYL ACETATE 850

3 ETHYL ACETATE 50

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: Charge isobutyl acetate to the process tank. Start to mix.


Add xylene and mix well. Add ethyl acetate while mixing. Continue to
stirr until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 246 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

MACHINE

PLASTER INTERIOR

PRODUCTIONS
MACHINE
PLASTER INTERIOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 200

2 SLAKED LIME 40

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MİCRON ) 280

4 SILICA SAND ( 600 – 1000 MICRON ) 478

5 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.500


(Air Entrainment Agent )

6 STARCH ETHER 0.300

7 POLYMER POWDER 1.200

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 247 **
MACHINE
PLASTER INTERIOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 190

2 SLAKED LIME 39.3

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MİCRON ) 289

4 SILICA SAND ( 600 – 1000 MICRON ) 480

5 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.4


(Air Entrainment Agent )

6 STARCH ETHER 0.3

7 POLYMER POWDER 1

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 248 **
MACHINE
PLASTER INTERIOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 185

2 SLAKED LIME 45

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MİCRON ) 288

4 SILICA SAND ( 600 – 1000 MICRON ) 480

5 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.5


(Air Entrainment Agent )

6 STARCH ETHER 0.5

7 POLYMER POWDER 1

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 249 **
WATERPROOF
MACHINE PLASTER INTERIOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 200

2 SLAKED LIME 45

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MİCRON ) 280

4 SILICA SAND ( 600 – 1000 MICRON ) 471

5 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.500


(Air Entrainment Agent )

6 STARCH ETHER 0.300

7 ZINC STEARATE 2.2

8 POLYMER POWDER 1

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 250 **
WATERPROOF
MACHINE PLASTER INTERIOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 190

2 SLAKED LIME 40

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MİCRON ) 286

4 SILICA SAND ( 600 – 1000 MICRON ) 480

5 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.4


(Air Entrainment Agent )

6 STARCH ETHER 0.4

7 CALCIUM STEARATE 2.2

8 POLYMER POWDER 1

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 251 **
WATERPROOF
MACHINE PLASTER INTERIOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 185

2 SLAKED LIME 43

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MİCRON ) 290

4 SILICA SAND ( 600 – 1000 MICRON ) 478

5 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.5


(Air Entrainment Agent )

6 STARCH ETHER 0.5

7 ZINC STEARATE 2

8 POLYMER POWDER 1

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 252 **
PERLITE BASED
MACHINE PLASTER INTERIOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 200

2 SLAKED LIME 40

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MİCRON ) 288

4 SILICA SAND ( 600 – 1000 MICRON ) 450

5 PERLITE ( THIN ) 20

6 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.500


(Air Entrainment Agent )

7 STARCH ETHER 0.500

8 POLYMER POWDER 1

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 253 **
PERLITE BASED
MACHINE PLASTER INTERIOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 190

2 SLAKED LIME 40

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MİCRON ) 264

4 SILICA SAND ( 600 – 1000 MICRON ) 480

5 PERLITE ( THIN ) 24.3

6 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.4


(Air Entrainment Agent )

7 STARCH ETHER 0.3

8 POLYMER POWDER 1

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 254 **
PERLITE BASED
MACHINE PLASTER INTERIOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 190

2 SLAKED LIME 42

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MİCRON ) 285

4 SILICA SAND ( 600 – 1000 MICRON ) 461

5 PERLITE ( THIN ) 20

6 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.5


(Air Entrainment Agent )

7 STARCH ETHER 0.5

8 POLYMER POWDER 1

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 255 **
PERLITE BASED AND WATERPROOF
MACHINE PLASTER INTERIOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 200

2 SLAKED LIME 40

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MİCRON ) 276

4 SILICA SAND ( 600 – 1000 MICRON ) 460

5 PERLITE ( THIN ) 20

6 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.5


(Air Entrainment Agent )

7 STARCH ETHER 0.3

8 ZINC STEARATE 2.2

9 POLYMER POWDER 1

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 256 **
PERLITE BASED AND WATERPROOF
MACHINE PLASTER INTERIOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 190

2 SLAKED LIME 40

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MİCRON ) 270

4 SILICA SAND ( 600 – 1000 MICRON ) 474

5 PERLITE ( THIN ) 22

6 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.4


(Air Entrainment Agent )

7 STARCH ETHER 0.4

8 CALCIUM STEARATE 2.2

9 POLYMER POWDER 1

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 257 **
PERLITE BASED AND WATERPROOF
MACHINE PLASTER INTERIOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 188

2 SLAKED LIME 45

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MİCRON ) 265

4 SILICA SAND ( 600 – 1000 MICRON ) 473

5 PERLITE ( THIN ) 25

6 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.5


(Air Entrainment Agent )

7 STARCH ETHER 0.5

8 ZINC STEARATE 2

9 POLYMER POWDER 1

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 258 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

MACHINE

PLASTER EXTERIOR

PRODUCTIONS
MACHINE
PLASTER EXTERIOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 210

2 SLAKED LIME 40

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MİCRON ) 280

4 SILICA SAND ( 600 – 1000 MICRON ) 464.3

5 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.4


(Air Entrainment Agent )

6 STARCH ETHER 0.3

7 POLYMER POWDER 1

8 ZINC STEARATE 4

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 259 **
MACHINE
PLASTER EXTERIOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 200

2 SLAKED LIME 40

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MİCRON ) 280

4 SILICA SAND ( 600 – 1000 MICRON ) 474

5 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.4


(Air Entrainment Agent )

6 STARCH ETHER 0.3

7 POLYMER POWDER 1

8 ZINC STEARATE 4.3

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 260 **
MACHINE
PLASTER EXTERIOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 190

2 SLAKED LIME 40

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MİCRON ) 270

4 SILICA SAND ( 600 – 1000 MICRON ) 494

5 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.4


(Air Entrainment Agent )

6 STARCH ETHER 0.3

7 POLYMER POWDER 2

8 ZINC STEARATE 3.3

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 261 **
PERLITE BASED
MACHINE PLASTER EXTERIOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 205

2 SLAKED LIME 40

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MİCRON ) 275

4 SILICA SAND ( 600 – 1000 MICRON ) 454

5 PERLITE ( THIN ) 20

6 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.4


(Air Entrainment Agent )

7 STARCH ETHER 0.3

8 POLYMER POWDER 1

9 ZINC STEARATE 4.3

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine


NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed
depending condition of market.

** 262 **
PERLITE BASED
MACHINE PLASTER EXTERIOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 200

2 SLAKED LIME 40

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MİCRON ) 270

4 SILICA SAND ( 600 – 1000 MICRON ) 461

5 PERLITE ( THIN ) 23

6 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.4


(Air Entrainment Agent )

7 STARCH ETHER 0.3

8 POLYMER POWDER 1.3

9 ZINC STEARATE 4

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine


NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed
depending condition of market.

** 263 **
PERLITE BASED
MACHINE PLASTER EXTERIOR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 190

2 SLAKED LIME 45

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MİCRON ) 275

4 SILICA SAND ( 600 – 1000 MICRON ) 465

5 PERLITE ( THIN ) 20

6 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.4


(Air Entrainment Agent )

7 STARCH ETHER 0.4

8 POLYMER POWDER 1.2

9 ZINC STEARATE 3

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine


NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed
depending condition of market.

** 264 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

MACHINE

PLASTER EXTERIOR

PRODUCTIONS
MACHINE
CONCRETE SMOOTHING WHITE
FINE PLASTERING
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 200

2 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 776.7

3 STARCH ETHER 0.3

4 POLYMER POWDER 20

5 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 3

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 265 **
MACHINE
CONCRETE SMOOTHING WHITE
FINE PLASTERING
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 190

2 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 788

3 STARCH ETHER 0.5

4 POLYMER POWDER 18.5

5 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 3

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 266 **
MACHINE
CONCRETE SMOOTHING WHITE
FINE PLASTERING
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 52,5 r ) 185

2 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 789

3 STARCH ETHER 0.5

4 POLYMER POWDER 20

5 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 3

6 ZINC STEARATE 2.5

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 267 **
MACHINE
CONCRETE SMOOTHING GREY
FINE PLASTERING
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 250

2 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 726.7

3 STARCH ETHER 0.3

4 POLYMER POWDER 20

5 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 3

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 268 **
MACHINE
CONCRETE SMOOTHING GREY
FINE PLASTERING
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 235

2 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 742

3 STARCH ETHER 0.5

4 POLYMER POWDER 19.5

5 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 3

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 269 **
MACHINE
CONCRETE SMOOTHING GREY
FINE PLASTERING
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 230

2 CALCITE ( 5 – 10 MICRON ) 743

3 STARCH ETHER 0.5

4 POLYMER POWDER 21

5 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 3

6 CALCIUM STEARATE 2.5

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 270 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

MACHINE

GYPSUM BASED

STUCCO PLASTER

PRODUCTIONS
GYPSUM BASED
MACHINE STUCCO PLASTER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 BETA GYPSUM 420

2 SLAKED LIME 20

3 CALCITE ( 3 - MICRON ) 150

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 197

5 SILICA SAND ( 300 – 600 MICRON ) 210

6 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.6


(Air Entrainment Agent )

7 STARCH ETHER 0.4

8 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 1.3

9 CITRIC ACID 0.7

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 271 **
GYPSUM BASED
MACHINE STUCCO PLASTER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 BETA GYPSUM 410

2 SLAKED LIME 20

3 CALCITE ( 3 - MICRON ) 150

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 207

5 SILICA SAND ( 300 – 600 MICRON ) 210

6 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.5


(Air Entrainment Agent )

7 STARCH ETHER 0.5

8 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 1.5

9 CITRIC ACID 0.5

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 272 **
GYPSUM BASED
MACHINE STUCCO PLASTER
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 BETA GYPSUM 400

2 SLAKED LIME 25

3 CALCITE ( 3 - MICRON ) 150

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 210

5 SILICA SAND ( 300 – 600 MICRON ) 212

6 SODIUM LAURYL SULFATE 0.5


(Air Entrainment Agent )

7 STARCH ETHER 0.5

8 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 1.5

9 CITRIC ACID 0.5

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 273 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

MACHINE

GYPSUM BASED

SATIN PASTE

PRODUCTIONS
GYPSUM BASED
MACHINE SATIN PASTE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 BETA GYPSUM 420

2 SLAKED LIME 20

3 CALCITE ( 3 - MICRON ) 557.6

4 STARCH ETHER 0.4

5 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 1.3

6 CITRIC ACID 0.7

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 274 **
GYPSUM BASED
MACHINE SATIN PASTE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 BETA GYPSUM 405

2 SLAKED LIME 22

3 CALCITE ( 3 - MICRON ) 570.5

4 STARCH ETHER 0.5

5 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 1.3

6 CITRIC ACID 0.7

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 275 **
GYPSUM BASED
MACHINE SATIN PASTE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 BETA GYPSUM 400

2 SLAKED LIME 24.5

3 CALCITE ( 3 - MICRON ) 573

4 STARCH ETHER 0.5

5 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 1.5

6 CITRIC ACID 0.5

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 276 **
GYPSUM BASED AND WATERPROOF
MACHINE SATIN PASTE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 BETA GYPSUM 420

2 SLAKED LIME 20

3 CALCITE ( 3 - MICRON ) 554.6

4 STARCH ETHER 0.4

5 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 1.3

6 CITRIC ACID 0.7

7 ZINC STEARATE 3

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 277 **
GYPSUM BASED AND WATERPROOF
MACHINE SATIN PASTE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 BETA GYPSUM 400

2 SLAKED LIME 27

3 CALCITE ( 3 - MICRON ) 567.5

4 STARCH ETHER 0.5

5 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 1.3

6 CALCIUM STEARATE 3

7 CITRIC ACID 0.7

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 278 **
GYPSUM BASED AND WATERPROOF
MACHINE SATIN PASTE
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 BETA GYPSUM 395

2 SLAKED LIME 21.5

3 CALCITE ( 3 - MICRON ) 578

4 STARCH ETHER 0.5

5 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 1.5

6 ZINC STEARATE 3

7 CITRIC ACID 0.5

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: This product is set to use with machine

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 279 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SELF LEVELLING

FLOOR COMPOUND
( SCREED )
( GREY )

PRODUCTIONS
SELF LEVELLING COMPOUND
( SCREED ) ( GREY )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 215

2 CALCIUM ALUMINATE CEMENT 100

3 ANHYDRITE PLASTER 30

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 400

5 CALCITE ( 100 MICRON ) 234.50

6 POLYMER POWDER 15

7 FLUIDIZER AGENT ( HYPER ) 2

8 DEFOAMER AGENT 1

9 LITHIUM CARBONATE 0.250

10 HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE ( HEC ) 0.250

11 TARTARIC ACID 0.750

12 SODIUM GLUCONATE 1.250


1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 280 **
SELF LEVELLING COMPOUND
( SCREED ) ( GREY )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 200

2 CALCIUM ALUMINATE CEMENT 90

3 ANHYDRITE PLASTER 35

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 400

5 CALCITE ( 100 MICRON ) 254.25

6 POLYMER POWDER 15

7 FLUIDIZER AGENT ( HYPER ) 2

8 DEFOAMER AGENT 1

9 LITHIUM CARBONATE 0.250

10 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 0.500

11 CITRIC ACID 0.750

12 SODIUM GLUCONATE 1.250


1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 281 **
SELF LEVELLING COMPOUND
( SCREED ) ( GREY )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 185

2 CALCIUM ALUMINATE CEMENT 85

3 ANHYDRITE PLASTER 40

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 420

5 CALCITE ( 100 MICRON ) 251

6 POLYMER POWDER 13

7 FLUIDIZER AGENT ( HYPER ) 2

8 DEFOAMER AGENT 1

9 LITHIUM CARBONATE 0.250

10 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 0.500

11 CITRIC ACID 1

12 SODIUM GLUCONATE 1.250


1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 282 **
HYDROPHOBIC AND GREY
SELF LEVELLING COMPOUND ( SCREED )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 210

2 CALCIUM ALUMINATE CEMENT 100

3 ANHYDRITE PLASTER 25

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 400

5 CALCITE ( 100 MICRON ) 242

6 POLYMER POWDER 15

7 FLUIDIZER AGENT ( HYPER ) 2

8 DEFOAMER AGENT 1

9 LITHIUM CARBONATE 0.500

10 HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE ( HEC ) 0.250

11 TARTARIC ACID 0.750

12 SODIUM GLUCONATE 1.500


13 ZINC STEARATE 2
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 283 **
HYDROPHOBIC AND GREY
SELF LEVELLING COMPOUND ( SCREED )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 195

2 CALCIUM ALUMINATE CEMENT 95

3 ANHYDRITE PLASTER 25

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 413

5 CALCITE ( 100 MICRON ) 250

6 POLYMER POWDER 14

7 FLUIDIZER AGENT ( HYPER ) 2

8 DEFOAMER AGENT 1

9 LITHIUM CARBONATE 0.500

10 HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE ( HEC ) 0.250

11 TARTARIC ACID 0.750

12 SODIUM GLUCONATE 1.500


13 ZINC STEARATE 2
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 284 **
HYDROPHOBIC AND GREY
SELF LEVELLING COMPOUND ( SCREED )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND GREY CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 200

2 CALCIUM ALUMINATE CEMENT 75

3 ANHYDRITE PLASTER 25

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 430

5 CALCITE ( 100 MICRON ) 250

6 POLYMER POWDER 12

7 FLUIDIZER AGENT ( HYPER ) 2

8 DEFOAMER AGENT 1.5

9 LITHIUM CARBONATE 0.250

10 HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE ( HEC ) 0.500

11 TARTARIC ACID 0.750

12 SODIUM GLUCONATE 1
13 ZINC STEARATE 2
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 285 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SELF LEVELLING

FLOOR COMPOUND
( SCREED )
( WHITE )

PRODUCTIONS
SELF LEVELLING COMPOUND
( SCREED ) ( WHITE )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 200

2 CALCIUM ALUMINATE CEMENT 100

3 ANHYDRITE PLASTER 30

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 415

5 CALCITE ( 100 MICRON ) 234.50

6 POLYMER POWDER 15

7 FLUIDIZER AGENT ( HYPER ) 2

8 DEFOAMER AGENT 1

9 LITHIUM CARBONATE 0.250

10 HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE ( HEC ) 0.250

11 TARTARIC ACID 0.750

12 SODIUM GLUCONATE 1.250


1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 286 **
SELF LEVELLING COMPOUND
( SCREED ) ( WHITE )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 185

2 CALCIUM ALUMINATE CEMENT 100

3 ANHYDRITE PLASTER 35

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 400

5 CALCITE ( 100 MICRON ) 259.25

6 POLYMER POWDER 15

7 FLUIDIZER AGENT ( HYPER ) 2

8 DEFOAMER AGENT 1

9 LITHIUM CARBONATE 0.250

10 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 0.500

11 CITRIC ACID 0.750

12 SODIUM GLUCONATE 1.250


1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 287 **
SELF LEVELLING COMPOUND
( SCREED ) ( WHITE )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3
NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 180

2 CALCIUM ALUMINATE CEMENT 85

3 ANHYDRITE PLASTER 40

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 425

5 CALCITE ( 100 MICRON ) 250

6 POLYMER POWDER 14

7 FLUIDIZER AGENT ( HYPER ) 2

8 DEFOAMER AGENT 1

9 LITHIUM CARBONATE 0.250

10 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 0.500

11 CITRIC ACID 1

12 SODIUM GLUCONATE 1.250


1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 288 **
HYDROPHOBIC AND WHITE
SELF LEVELLING COMPOUND ( SCREED )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 200

2 CALCIUM ALUMINATE CEMENT 100

3 ANHYDRITE PLASTER 25

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 400

5 CALCITE ( 100 MICRON ) 252

6 POLYMER POWDER 15

7 FLUIDIZER AGENT ( HYPER ) 2

8 DEFOAMER AGENT 1

9 LITHIUM CARBONATE 0.500

10 HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE ( HEC ) 0.250

11 TARTARIC ACID 0.750

12 SODIUM GLUCONATE 1.500


13 ZINC STEARATE 2
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 289 **
HYDROPHOBIC AND WHITE
SELF LEVELLING COMPOUND ( SCREED )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 190

2 CALCIUM ALUMINATE CEMENT 90

3 ANHYDRITE PLASTER 25

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 413

5 CALCITE ( 100 MICRON ) 260

6 POLYMER POWDER 14

7 FLUIDIZER AGENT ( HYPER ) 2

8 DEFOAMER AGENT 1

9 LITHIUM CARBONATE 0.500

10 HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE ( HEC ) 0.250

11 TARTARIC ACID 0.750

12 SODIUM GLUCONATE 1.500


13 ZINC STEARATE 2
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 290 **
HYDROPHOBIC AND WHITE
SELF LEVELLING COMPOUND ( SCREED )
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 175

2 CALCIUM ALUMINATE CEMENT 85

3 ANHYDRITE PLASTER 25

4 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 MICRON ) 444

5 CALCITE ( 100 MICRON ) 250

6 POLYMER POWDER 13

7 FLUIDIZER AGENT ( HYPER ) 2

8 DEFOAMER AGENT 1.5

9 LITHIUM CARBONATE 0.250

10 HYDROXYETHYLCELLULOSE ( HEC ) 0.500

11 TARTARIC ACID 0.750

12 SODIUM GLUCONATE 1
13 ZINC STEARATE 2
1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 291 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

CEMENT BASED

WATERPROOF MORTAR

ADDITIVES

PRODUCTIONS
CEMENT BASED
WATERPROOF MORTAR ADDITIVES
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 330

2 CALCIUM ALUMINATE CEMENT 100

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 ) 400

4 CALCITE ( 100 – 200 MICRON ) 60

5 SODIUM CARBONATE 80

6 TARTARIC ACID 10

7 POLYMER POWDER 12

8 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 3

9 MELAMINE SULFONATE 5

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 292 **
CEMENT BASED
WATERPROOF MORTAR ADDITIVES
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 310

2 CALCIUM ALUMINATE CEMENT 100

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 ) 416

4 CALCITE ( 100 – 200 MICRON ) 65

5 SODIUM CARBONATE 80

6 TARTARIC ACID 10

7 POLYMER POWDER 12

8 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 2.5

9 MELAMINE SULFONATE 4.5

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 293 **
CEMENT BASED
WATERPROOF MORTAR ADDITIVES
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 300

2 CALCIUM ALUMINATE CEMENT 80

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 ) 453

4 CALCITE ( 100 – 200 MICRON ) 65

5 SODIUM CARBONATE 75

6 TARTARIC ACID 10

7 POLYMER POWDER 10

8 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 2.5

9 MELAMINE SULFONATE 4.5

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 294 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

CEMENT BASED

JAMB ADHESIVE

MORTAR

PRODUCTIONS
CEMENT BASED
JAMB ADHESIVE MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 400

2 SLAKED LIME 25

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 ) 100

4 CALCITE ( 100 – 200 MICRON ) 461

5 POLYMER POWDER 10

6 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 3

7 STARCH ETHER 1

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 295 **
CEMENT BASED
JAMB ADHESIVE MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 370

2 SLAKED LIME 25

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 ) 100

4 CALCITE ( 100 – 200 MICRON ) 490

5 POLYMER POWDER 12

6 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 2

7 STARCH ETHER 1

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 296 **
CEMENT BASED
JAMB ADHESIVE MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 350

2 SLAKED LIME 35

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 ) 100

4 CALCITE ( 100 – 200 MICRON ) 500

5 POLYMER POWDER 12

6 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 2

7 STARCH ETHER 1

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 297 **
CEMENT BASED AND RAPID SET
JAMB ADHESIVE MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 1

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 350

2 CALCIUM ALUMINATE CEMENT 50

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 ) 100

4 CALCITE ( 100 – 200 MICRON ) 482

5 POLYMER POWDER 15

6 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 2

7 STARCH ETHER 1

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 298 **
CEMENT BASED AND RAPID SET
JAMB ADHESIVE MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 2

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 300

2 CALCIUM ALUMINATE 50

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 ) 150

4 CALCITE ( 100 – 200 MICRON ) 535

5 POLYMER POWDER 12

6 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 2

7 STARCH ETHER 1

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 299 **
CEMENT BASED AND RAPID SET
JAMB ADHESIVE MORTAR
PRODUCTION PROCESS – 3

NO W/W
INGREDIENTS
1 PORLAND WHITE CEMENT ( 42,5 r ) 275

2 CALCIUM ALUMINATE CEMENT 50

3 SILICA SAND ( 100 – 300 ) 125

4 CALCITE ( 100 – 200 MICRON ) 537

5 POLYMER POWDER 10

6 METHYL CELLULOSE ( MC ) 2

7 STARCH ETHER 1

1000
TOTAL KG

PROCESS: In the above ingredients are solid and powder. So,


Charge all ingredients in the mixing tank. Start to mix. Continue to stirr
until mixture is homogenous. Homogenous is enough. Process is
completed.

NOTE: Amount of ingredients used above formulation can be changed


depending condition of market.

** 300 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

A
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


ACETIC
ACID

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 64 – 19 - 7
NUMBER
GENERAL Food and industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Acidic regular
CATEGORY
TRADE E 260
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C2H4O2
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 60.05 Gr / Mole
WEIGHT

BOILING 118
POINT ( C )
PH 2
RANGE

MELTING 16.5
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.265 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in cold water and hot water.
ACETIC
ACID

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Colorless
ODOR A characteristic odor
AID It causes an irritation on contact. In contact,
MEASURES wash plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Vinegar is a household essential often used


for cooking, and it even helps unclog sinks.
What chemical substance makes vinegar
smell the way it does? Vinegar is actually a
solution that is made of 4-8% of acetic acid
APPLICATIONS that is dissolved in water and other
substances that give vinegar its flavor
depending on its type.

Acetic acid, also known as ethanoic


acid and methanecarboxylic acid, is a
colorless liquid that has a strong and distinct
pungent and sour smell. Its chemical
formula is C2H4O2: it has two carbon (C)
atoms, four hydrogen (H) atoms and two
oxygen (O) atoms.

** 301 **
ACETONE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 67 – 64 - 1
NUMBER
GENERAL industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Solvent agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Acetone
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C3H6O
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 58.08 Gr / Mole
WEIGHT

BOILING 56.2
POINT ( C )
PH Not specified
RANGE

MELTING -95
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.790 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in cold water.
ACETONE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Colorless
ODOR A characteristic odor
AID It causes an irritation on contact. In contact,
MEASURES wash plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Acetone is a colorless, flammable liquid that


evaporates easily. It is an organic compound
because carbon atoms are present in
acetone's chemical formula, which is C3H6O.
It consists of three carbon atoms, six
APPLICATIONS
hydrogen atoms, and one oxygen atom.

Acetone is a solvent, which is a liquid that can


dissolve other substances. Acetone is most
commonly known as the solvent that removes
nail polish, but it is also found in bath and
fragrance products, hair and skin care
products, as well as skin-lightening products.

** 303 **
ACETYLATED
LANOLIN

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 629 – 70 – 9 + 61788 – 49 – 6
NUMBER
GENERAL Cosmetic agent
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Skin softening
CATEGORY
TRADE Acetylated lanolin
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

FLASH 150
POINT ( C )
PH 6–9
RANGE

BOILING 650
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.880 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in hot water and cold water.
ACETYLATED
LANOLIN

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Viscous liquid oily
COLOR Yellow
ODOR A characteristic odor
AID It does not cause an irritation more. In
MEASURES contact, wash plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Observed that quite often used in the


APPLICATIONS manufacture of cosmetic products. Among
these products, hair care products, skin care
creams and lotions, we can include the baby
products.

** 305 **
ACNIBIO
AC

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Cosmetic and detergent agent
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Biodegradable preservative
CATEGORY
TRADE Acnibio AC
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

FREEZING Not specified


POINT ( C )
PH 2–4
RANGE

MELTING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.10 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in hot water and cold water.
ACNIBIO
AC

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid viscous
COLOR Colorless and pale yellow
ODOR Odorless
AID It does not cause an irritation on contact. In
MEASURES contact, wash plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

ACNIBIO AC is suitable for all cosmetics and


toiletries (conditioners, gels, shampoos,
surfactants, cleansers…).

ACNIBIO AC is supplied as an aqueous


APPLICATIONS solution for ease of incorporation into
cosmetic formulations. It has good
compatibility with surfactants and emulsifiers,
irrespective of their ionic nature. In hot
processes it is advisable to add the
preservative during the cooling stage at a
temperature no greater than 60ºC, and
preferably below 40ºC.

** 307 **
ACNIBIO
AP

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS NUMBER Mixture
GENERAL Cosmetic and detergent agent
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Biodegradable preservative
CATEGORY
TRADE NAME Acnibio AP

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

FREEZING Not specified


POINT ( C )
PH 3.5 – 5,5
RANGE
MELTING Not specified
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.150 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in glycol. Slightly soluble in water and
alcohol.
ACNIBIO
AP

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Colorless and pale yellow
ODOR Odorless
AID It does not cause an irritation on contact. In
MEASURES contact, wash plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place
ACNIBIO AP is an effective and powerful biocide
suitable for a wide range of hydro-alcohol, w/o or o/w
emulsion based cosmetics.

The product may be applied at different pH ranges,


from 3,0 up to 8,0. The advised dosage for these
applications goes from 0.25 to 1,0 %. The higher
concentrations are generally required only for
APPLICATIONS formulations which, by their nature, are particularly
difficult to preserve. Shampoos and foam baths may
be preserved with ACNIBIO AP at concentrations
typically between 0.25 - 0.65%. Products with a high
protein content may require levels from 0,5% - 1,0%.
Emulsified systems, both o/w and w/o types, may be
effectively preserved by the addition of ACNIBIO AP
at 0.4 - 0.7%.
ACNIBIO AP can also be used to preserve
emulsions based on nonionic surfactants, but slightly
increased concentrations may be required,

** 309 **
ACRYLIC
BINDER

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Coatings
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Coatings and paints
CATEGORY
TRADE Acrylic binder resin
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

SOLID % 41 - 45
CONTENT
PH 8–9
RANGE

DENSITY 1.10 g / cm3


SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
ACRYLIC
BINDER

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid and viscous
COLOR Opaque and white
ODOR It has characteristic odor
AID It causes less irritation. Case of contact, wash
MEASURES plenty water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Acrylic binder is a styrene-acrylic emulsion polymer


used for water based paints. It has excellent
adhesion to cement plastered and previously painted
surfaces.
APPLICATIONS

Acrylic binder waterproofing Polymer find its usage in


the formulation of different coatings. The polymer is
basically a modified acrylic hybrid system and the
coatings formulated using these acrylic polymers are
generally applied for waterproofing of roofs, toilets,
water tanks and swimming pools. These
waterproofing polymers are also used in rehabilitation
projects for crack repairing.

** 311 **
AEROSIL
200

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 7632 – 86 – 9
NUMBER
GENERAL Coatings and adhesive
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Thickener
CATEGORY
TRADE Silicone dioxide
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

MELTING 1610 C
POINT

DENSITY 2.2 g / cm3


SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water. Dispersible in water.
AEROSIL
200

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR white
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

 Paints and coatings

 Unsaturated polyester resins, laminating


resins and gel coats
APPLICATIONS
 HTV- and RTV-2K-silicone rubber

 Adhesives and sealants

 Printing inks

 Cable compounds and cable gels

 Plant protection

** 313 **
ALUMINIUM
OXIDE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 1344 – 28 – 1
NUMBER
GENERAL Coatings and paints
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Ceramic and Glass industry
CATEGORY
TRADE Aluminium oxide
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL AL2O3
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 101.96 gr / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING 2072 C
POINT
BOILING 2980 C
POINT

PARTICLE 55 - 75
SIZE
SPECIFIC 4
GRAVITY
SOLUBILITY Less soluble in water and alkaline water.
ALUMINIUM
OXIDE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Crystalline Powder
COLOR white
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

AREAS OF USE

Ceramic Industry

Glass Industry
APPLICATIONS
Refractor Industry

Production of Grinding Materials

Production of Primary Aluminium

Production of Transparent Armor

Production of Ceramic Cutting Tools

** 315 **
ALUMINIUM
SILICATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 1327 – 43 – 1
NUMBER
GENERAL Coatings and paints
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL
CATEGORY
TRADE Magnesium Aluminium Silicate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Al6O13Si2
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 426.1 Gr / Mole
WEIGHT

MELTING
POINT
BOILING Not available
POINT

REFRACTIVE 1.56
INDEX
DENSITY 2.8 – 2.9 Gr / Cm3
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water
ALUMINIUM
SILICATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR white or Grey
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes less irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Aluminium silicate comes in three mineral forms;


andalusite, kyanite and silimanite. All of which have
the chemical formula AL2SiO5 but have distinct
crystal structure.

When magnesium aluminium silicate is hydrated It


becomes a clay known as kaolin, which is used
APPLICATIONS treating ailments such as diarrhea and to combat
diaper rash as well as rashes posion oak and posion
ivy.

It is used to create mullite for industrial use, and this


compound is used by the ceramics industries.

The sillimanite form is used in such industries as


glass making, metal smelting and in iron foundries.

Some forms is used in some medicine


manufacturing.

** 317 **
AMINO TRİMETHYLENE
PHOSPHORIC ACID ( ATMP )

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 6419 – 19 - 8
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrıal agent
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Chelated agent
CATEGORY
TRADE ATMP
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C3H12NO9P3
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 299.05 gr / mole
WEIGHT

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
PH 2
RANGE

MELTING 200
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.33 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY 610 Gr / Lt Soluble in water.
AMINO TRİMETHYLENE
PHOSPHORIC ACID ( ATMP )

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder or granul
COLOR White
ODOR A characteristic odor.
AID It causes an irritation on contact. In contact,
MEASURES wash plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

ATMP system in hard water and is a stable


material which can be hydrolyzed. In high
concentrations, ATMP has good corrosion
inhibition. ATMP cold water system and
oilfield in industrial thermal power plant and
APPLICATIONS oil refinery plants used in circulation in the
area of water pipeline.

ATMP is a major effect on corrosion of metal


equipment and pipeline. Chelating agents for
the textile and dyeing industry as ATMP is
available and can be utilized as metal surface
treatment agent.

** 319 **
AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE
AQUEOUS AMMONIA

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 7664 – 41 – 7 + 7732 – 18 – 5
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrıal agent
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Alkaline agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Aqueous ammonia
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
PH 11 - 12
RANGE

MELTING -69.2
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.989 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water easily.
AMMONIUM HYDROXIDE
AQUEOUS AMMONIA

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Colorless
ODOR A characteristic ammonia odor.
AID It causes an irritation on contact. In contact,
MEASURES wash plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Ammonium hydroxide. is used as a


cleaning agent and sanitizer in many
household and industrial cleaners.
APPLICATIONS Ammonium hydroxide is also used in the
manufacture of products such as fertilizer,
plastic, rayon and rubber.

Aqueous ammonia is corrosive to aluminum


alloys, copper, copper alloys, and galvanized
surfaces. Aqueous ammonia is an excellent
acid neutralizer.

** 321 **
AMMONIUM
CHLORIDE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 12125 – 02 – 9
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrıal agent
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Deoxidising for metal
CATEGORY
TRADE Ammonium Chloride
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL NH4CL
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 53.49 Gr / Mole
WEIGHT

BOILING 520
POINT ( C )
PH 5.5
RANGE

MELTING 338
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.530 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water easily.
AMMONIUM
CHLORIDE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Crystal or powder
COLOR White
ODOR A characteristic odor
AID It causes an irritation on contact. In contact,
MEASURES wash plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Ammonium chloride colorless crystalline


substance easily dissolves in water to form a
liquid slightly acidic property. Evaporating
from the melt 340 ° C, to form ammonia and
hydrogen chloride in equal volumes.
APPLICATIONS Ammonium chloride, in the production of dry
batteries and some explosives, In Galvanized
sector, tin plating, as flux raw materials in
your hot-dip galvanized, If used as a
surfactant ALS shampoo in cosmetics if the
construction industry, in the production of
cleaner used to thicken Ammonium Chloride
and some shampoo, Some noble metals
(such as gold) in the refining / purification,
Some synthetic adhesives, drying, etc.

** 323 **
ANTI - COLLAPSE
AGENT

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Coatings and İndustrial paints
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Holding agent in the mixture
CATEGORY
TRADE Anti – collapse agent
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

VOLATILE % 15

BOILING Not available


POINT

FLUORESCENCE 5
GRADE
RESIDUE % 10
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water. Dispersible in the water.
ANTI - COLLAPSE
AGENT

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Free flowing Powder
COLOR white or Grey
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes less irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Feature: It can seal and prevent shales collapsing. It


has a good thermal stability up to 200° C so that it
can be applied in deep or super deep wells. It can
effectively reduce viscosity and filtration loss.
Its low fluorescence helps it to be applied to detect
wells. It is not toxic and helps to protect oil and gas
APPLICATIONS reservior.

They are smectite killers that have undergone


organic modification which improves viscosity,
improves thixotropy, prevents collapse and clotting in
solvent based systems. Thanks to organic
modification Claytone additives provide rheological
properties to solvent and / or oil based systems.

In addition to, it is an organic modified natural


bentonite thixotropic additive material used in solvent
based systems which prevents collapse and clotting
and increases flow resistance.

** 325 **
ANTIFOAM AGENT
LIQUID

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL More industrial production
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Stop foam in the mixture
CATEGORY
TRADE Antifoam agent as liquid
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

VOLATILE

PH 7–8
RANGE

MELTING
POINT
VISCOSITY 1.10 Gr / Cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
ANTIFOAM AGENT
LIQUID

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Opaque
ODOR It has a characteristic odor
AID It causes less irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Antifoams should be added prior to the point where


foaming occurs. Alternatively, antifoam can be used
as supplied, by wiping on filling nozzles, rims of
processing vats, or on a screen suspended above the
foaming system. One of the most common
applications for antifoams is in microbiological
fermentation. Since one cannot predict the
APPLICATIONS effectiveness of an antifoam for a particular
application, antifoams should also be tested to
ensure adequate defoaming effectiveness under
representative culture conditions for each
microorganism.
The variables of medium composition, temperature,
pH, mixing, and aeration anticipated for the final
experimental or fermentation conditions should be
used. If the antifoam is not effective under these test
conditions either a higher amount of antifoam can be
added or a different type of antifoam can be tested.

** 327 **
ANTIFOAM AGENT
POWDER

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL More industrial production
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Stop foam in the mixture
CATEGORY
TRADE Antifoam agent as powder
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

VOLATILE

PH 7–8
RANGE

MELTING
POINT
VISCOSITY 1.20 Gr / Cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
ANTIFOAM AGENT
POWDER

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White or grey
ODOR Odorless
AID No irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Antifoams should be added prior to the point where


foaming occurs. Alternatively, antifoam can be used
as supplied, by wiping on filling nozzles, rims of
processing vats, or on a screen suspended above the
foaming system. One of the most common
applications for antifoams is in microbiological
fermentation. Since one cannot predict the
APPLICATIONS effectiveness of an antifoam for a particular
application, antifoams should also be tested to
ensure adequate defoaming effectiveness under
representative culture conditions for each
microorganism.
The variables of medium composition, temperature,
pH, mixing, and aeration anticipated for the final
experimental or fermentation conditions should be
used. If the antifoam is not effective under these test
conditions either a higher amount of antifoam can be
added or a different type of antifoam can be tested.

** 329 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

B
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


BARITE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mineral
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Filler agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Barite
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mineral
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mineral
WEIGHT

HARDNESS 2.5 – 3,5


( MOHS )
MELTING 1580
POINT ( C )

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY 4.20 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
BARITE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder or granular
COLOR Gray or white
ODOR Odorless
AID It does not cause an irritation more. In
MEASURES contact, wash plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Barite is the main one of element barium. It is


also important in the manufacture of paper
and rubber. Barite is also used in radiology
for x-rays of the digestive system. When
APPLICATIONS crushed, it is added to mud to form barium
mud, which is poured into oil wells during
drilling. A rich, white pigment was once made
from crushed Barite.

Barite is also a very popular and common


mineral among collectors.

** 331 **
BARIUM
SULFATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 7727 – 43 – 7
NUMBER
GENERAL industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Paints and construction chemicals
CATEGORY
TRADE Barium sulfate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL BaSO4
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 233.39 Gr / Mole
WEIGHT

BOILING 118
POINT ( C )

MELTING 1580
POINT ( C )
DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Slightly, soluble in cold water and hot water.


BARIUM
SULFATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Solid ( powder )
COLOR White or grey
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes less irritation on contact. In contact,
MEASURES wash plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Barium sulfate is in a group of drugs called contrast


agents. Barium sulfate works by coating the inside of
your esophagus, stomach, or intestines which allows
APPLICATIONS them to be seen more clearly on a CT scan or other
radiologic (x-ray) examination.
Barium sulfate is used to help diagnose certain
disorders of the esophagus, stomach, or intestines.
Barium sulfate may also be used for purposes not
listed in this medication guide.

** 333 **
BEESWAX

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 8012 – 89 – 3
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Wax agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Beeswax
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Natural wax
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Natural wax
WEIGHT

FLASH Not specified


POINT ( C )
MELTING 63.5
POINT ( C )

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.955 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
BEESWAX

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Solid,paste and oily
COLOR Pale yellow
ODOR A characteristic odor.
AID It does not cause an irritation more. In
MEASURES contact, wash plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Beeswax (Beeswax), in waterproof materials,


furniture and floor polish, the polishing of
optical lenses, although little is found in
chewing gum and ink usage.
APPLICATIONS

Yellow wax polishing parquet, sculpture, used


in some paints and candle making.
Beeswax, a variety of body care creams in
cosmetics, face masks, lotions, lipsticks, lip
balms and oils and used in production.

** 335 **
BENTONITE
CLAY

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 1302 – 78 – 9
NUMBER
GENERAL industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Paints and construction chemicals
CATEGORY
TRADE Bentonite clay
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mineral
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mineral
WEIGHT

MOISTURE % 10 – 12
CONCENT
SPECIFIC 2.5
GRAVITY

PH 9 – 9.5
RANGE
DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Very slightly soluble in cold water and hot


water.
BENTONITE
CLAY

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder or granule
COLOR Grey
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes less irritation on contact.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place
Bentonite is an absorbent aluminium phyllosilicate,
essentially impure clay consisting mostly of
montmorillonite. Bentonite usually forms from
weathering of volcanic ash, most often in the
presence of water.

However, the term bentonite, as well as a similar clay


APPLICATIONS called tonstein, has been used to describe clay beds
of uncertain origin. For industrial purposes, two main
classes of bentonite exist: sodium and calcium
bentonite. Bentonite is used in pharmaceuticals,
medical and cosmetics markets. Bentonite is used as
a filler in pharmaceutical drugs and due to its
absorption-adsorption capabilities, it allows paste
formation. Bentonite is used in industrial protective
creams, wet compresses, and anti-irritant lotions for
eczema. In medicine, bentonite is used as an antidote
in heavy metal heavy poisoning. Personal care
products such as mud packs, baby powder, sunburn
paint, and face creams may contain bentonite.

** 337 **
BENZALDEHYDE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 100 – 52 – 7
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Aniline dye agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Benzaldehyde
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C7H6O
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 106.13 g / mole
WEIGHT

FLASH 65
POINT ( C )
MELTING -26.5
POINT ( C )

BOILING 179
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.05 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Slightly soluble in water.
BENZALDEHYDE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Colorless
ODOR A characteristic odor.
AID It causes an irritation more. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place
Benzaldehyde is a color liquid aldehyde with
an almond odor. Benzaldehyde is found in
many foods and is widely used in the
chemical industry. In the chemical industry,
this agent is used in the preparation of
various aniline dyes, perfumes, flavorings,
and pharmaceuticals. In
APPLICATIONS addition, benzaldehyde has been associated
with amygdalin, since one of amygdalins
breakdown products is benzaldehyde. (NCI)

Flash point near 145 °F. More denser than


water and insoluble in water. Hence sinks in
water. Easily penetrates the soil to
contaminate groundwater and nearby
waterways. Used in flavoring and perfume
making.

** 339 **
BENZOTRIAZOLE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 95 – 14 – 7
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Metal inhibitör
CATEGORY
TRADE Benzotriazole
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C6H5N3
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 119.12 g / Mole
WEIGHT

FLASH Not specified


POINT ( C )
MELTING 100
POINT ( C )

BOILING 350
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.360 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Partially, soluble in water.
BENZOTRIAZOLE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes an irritation more. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Benzotriazole, no smell, the white color is a


APPLICATIONS solid raw crystal or powder form.

Benzotriazole, usually in the metal processing


industry and chemical and oil taken up in
acidic work used as the metal inhibitor.

** 341 **
BENZOYL
PEROXIDE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 94 – 36 – 0
NUMBER
GENERAL industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Construction chemicals
CATEGORY
TRADE Benzoyl peroxide
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C14H10O4
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 242.23 Gr / Mole
WEIGHT

BOILING 103
POINT ( C )
MELTING 104.5
POINT ( C )

SPECIFIC 1.33
GRAVITY
DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Slightly, soluble in cold water and hot water.


BENZOYL
PEROXIDE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Solid ( powder )
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes an irritation on contact. In contact,
MEASURES wash plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Benzoyl peroxide is a 75% active grade of BPO


with remainder water added for added
safety. This water-wet powder is available in
every region of the world, with or without
residual surfactant.
APPLICATIONS
Traditional uses like general purpose, high-
impact, or expandable polystrenes depend on
benzoyl peroxide powders for bulk
polymerizations. Room temperature curing
operations such as thermoset or acrylic
composites can be achieved using heavy metal
or amine accelerators.

** 343 **
BENZYL
ALCOHOL

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS NUMBER 100 – 51 – 6
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL General solvent
CATEGORY
TRADE NAME Benzyl alcohol

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C7H8O
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 108.14 g / Mole
WEIGHT

FLASH Not specified


POINT ( C )
MELTING 15
POINT ( C )
BOILING 205
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.045 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Slightly soluble in water. Soluble in ether and
chloroform.
BENZYL
ALCOHOL

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Colorless
ODOR Sweet odor.
AID It causes an irritation more. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Benzyl alcohol, inks, paints, lacquers, and is


used as a general solvent for epoxy resin
coatings. Also it esters used soap, perfume,
flavor, and is a precursor for a variety of
industries. This generally bacteriostatic and
intravenous drug solution is added as a
APPLICATIONS preservative, depending on the antipruritic
properties. Also it used as a photo developer.

Benzyl alcohol, quartz wool fibers and has


almost the same refractive index. If a clear
quartz object is immersed in benzyl alcohol, it
is almost invisible. This is an object (see
crystal skull) is made of quartz or right is used
as a way to recognize as destructive.

** 345 **
BITUMEN
ASPHALT

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Fuel oil mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Construction chemicals
CATEGORY
TRADE Asphalt
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

CONTENT 99
%
MELTING
POINT ( C )

FLASH 240
POINT ( C )
DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Insoluble in cold water and hot water.


BITUMEN
ASPHALT

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Viscous liquid
COLOR Hard Brown or black
ODOR It has a charcteristic odor.
AID It causes an irritation on contact. In contact,
MEASURES wash plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place
Bitumen is an unsung hero of our modern world. A
crucial component of the asphalt we use to build roads,
bitumen holds our city streets together and connects
cities and countries across vast distances. It provides a
backbone for personal and business travel, tourism and
logistics. But it’s not just roads – bitumen is vital to all
APPLICATIONS kinds of construction and infrastructure projects, large
and small. This valuable material has countless uses
and applications, and more are being discovered every
year, thanks to research and development within the
bitumen industry. Bitumen is not only flexible and multi-
functional, it has a number of other benefits, too; It is
fast to install and safe to use, as well as being durable
and hard-wearing. It is easy to maintain and 100%
recyclable, making it the perfect choice for forward-
thinking construction and infrastructure projects.

** 347 **
BORAX

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 1303 – 96 – 4
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Detergent
CATEGORY
TRADE Borax
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mineral
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mineral
WEIGHT

PH 9 – 9.5
RANGE
MELTING 743
POINT ( C )

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.73 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Partially, soluble in water.
BORAX

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Crystal
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation more. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Borax is used in the process of making boric


acid, but there is a tremendous chemical
difference between the two. Borax is a
APPLICATIONS naturally occurring mineral, though of course,
that doesn’t make it inert or safe either.
Arsenic is a naturally occurring metalloid but it
isn’t safe for human use. Natural doesn’t
always mean safe.

At the same time, the studies used to back up


the safety (or danger) of borax often use boric
acid or are ambiguous about which was used.

** 349 **
BORIC
ACID

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 10043 – 35 – 3
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Inorganic acid
CATEGORY
TRADE Boric acid
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL H3PO3
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 61.83
WEIGHT

PH Not specified
RANGE
MELTING 171
POINT ( C )

BOILING 300
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.435 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Partially, soluble in water.
BORIC
ACID

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Crystal
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation more. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Boric acid is a solid raw material that does not


smell white and crystalline form.

APPLICATIONS
Boric acid, diethanolamine or
monoethanolamine in this compound used in
the construction of anti-corrosion products in
the detergents sector. Boric acid is also found
in use in the cosmetic and pharmaceutical
industries. Also located on site due to the
boron is also used in agriculture.

** 351 **
BORON
MINERAL

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 7440 – 42 – 8
NUMBER
GENERAL industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Ceramics and Construction chemicals
CATEGORY
TRADE Boron
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL B
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 10.81 Gr / Mole
WEIGHT

BOILING 2550
POINT ( C )
MELTING 2300
POINT ( C )

SPECIFIC 2.37
GRAVITY
DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Slightly, soluble in cold water and hot water.


BORON
MINERAL

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Solid
COLOR Brown
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes less irritation on contact. In contact,
MEASURES wash plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

An inverse proportionality exists between industrial


production and scientific interest in boron
compounds. Despite the vast amount of research
which has been done both academically and
industrially, the four simple substances borax, boric
acid, calcium borate and sodium perborate account
APPLICATIONS
for 99 per cent of the industrial applications in
tonnage (production being over two million tons
annually) and monetary terms.

Several other metal borates, fluoborates and


refractory compounds (including alloys) are used at
the thousands of tons level, but the academically
fascinating boron hydrides, carboranes and related
materials, research on which accounts for 99 per cent
of publications in boron chemistry during the past few
decades, are used hardly at all.

** 353 **
BUTYL
ACETATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 123 – 86 – 4
NUMBER
GENERAL industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Solvents
CATEGORY
TRADE Butyl acetate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL CH3COO(CH2)CH3
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 116.16 Gr / Mole
WEIGHT

BOILING 126.5
POINT ( C )
MELTING -77.9
POINT ( C )

SPECIFIC 0.9
GRAVITY
DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Partially soluble in cold water.


BUTYL
ACETATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Colorless
ODOR It has a characteristic odor.
AID It causes an irritation on contact. In contact,
MEASURES wash plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Butyl acetate is used as a solvent for the manufacture


and application of many types of finishes. It is used in
paints and coatings, printing inks, aerosol sprays, and
APPLICATIONS personal-care products, as well as fragrances, and
cosmetics.

It is also used as an extraction and processing


solvent in the chemical and pharmaceutical
industries.

** 355 **
BUTYLENE
GLYCOL

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 111 – 76 – 2
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Solvent
CATEGORY
TRADE Butylene glycol
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C6H14O2
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 118.17 g / Mole
WEIGHT

FLASH 65
POINT ( C )
MELTING -77
POINT ( C )

BOILING 171
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.900 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
BUTYLENE
GLYCOL

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Colorless
ODOR A characteristic odor.
AID It causes no irritation more. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Butylene glycol is an organic solvent. Also it


has a very good solvent and dirt rust remover
feature. Tozut to be used on surfaces where
APPLICATIONS anti-surface drying regulatory and anti-feature
is also available. Quick-drying lacquer and
find use in the manufacture of varnishes.

Butylene glycol, detergents and industrial


degreasing cleaning products used as soil
removal. In hydraulic oil, truffles used as a
solvent in the oil and surface cleaner.

** 357 **
BUTYL GLYCOL
ACETATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 112 – 07 – 2
NUMBER
GENERAL industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Solvents
CATEGORY
TRADE Butyl glycol acetate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C8H16O3
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 160.20 Gr / Mole
WEIGHT

BOILING 192
POINT ( C )
MELTING -63
POINT ( C )

FLASH 71
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.94 Gr / Cm3
SOLUBILITY Partially soluble in cold water.
BUTYL GLYCOL
ACETATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Colorless
ODOR It has a characteristic odor.
AID It causes an irritation on contact. In contact,
MEASURES wash plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Butyl glycol Acetate Solvent is a high boiling, slow


evaporating solvent that has limited water solubility,
but is miscible with alcohols and ketones. Because it
exhibits good compatibility with various coatings
APPLICATIONS resins, Butyl glycol Acetate Solvent is used in many
coatings applications.

It provides good tolerance for aliphatic and aromatic


hydrocarbons and may be used to replace these
solvents to enhance application properties such as
brushability or roll application in high performance
coatings.

** 359 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

C
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CALCITE
MINERAL

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mineral
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Filler agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Calcite
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL CaCO3
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 100.1
WEIGHT

PH 8–9
RANGE
MELTING 825
POINT ( C )

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY 2.700 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
CALCITE
MINERAL

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR white
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

APPLICATIONS Calcite, including chemical structure first,


insulation mortar, paint production,
polyurethane structures, used in detergents
and in many industrial areas.

Calcite, plastic and rubber manufacturing out


of them is used as a filler.

** 361 **
CALCIUM
CARBONATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 471 – 34 – 1
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Construction and paint additives
CATEGORY
TRADE Calcium carbonate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL CaCO3
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 100.09 g / mole
WEIGHT

PH 7–8
RANGE
MELTING 825
POINT ( C )

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
SPECIFIC GRAVITY 2.8 g / cm3
( WATER: 1 )
SOLUBILITY Very slightly soluble in water.
CALCIUM
CARBONATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes irritation less. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place
Calcium carbonate is critical to the construction
industry, both as a building material in its own right
(e.g. marble), and as an ingredient of cement. It
contributes to the making of mortar used in bonding
bricks, concrete blocks, stones, roofing shingles,
rubber compounds, and tiles. Calcium carbonate
decomposes to form carbon dioxide and lime, an
important material in making steel, glass, and
APPLICATIONS paper. Because of its antacid properties, calcium
carbonate is used in industrial settings to neutralize
acidic conditions in both soil and water.

Calcium carbonate crystals are referred to as


calcite. The calcite crystal generally is considered a
rhombohedron because of its cleavage
properties. Cleavage is what causes crystals to
angle where the bonding forces are weak and are apt
to break into planes. Calcite is unique in that its
cleavage takes three distinct directions. There are
more than 300 forms of calcite crystals. Calcite
crystals also come in many different colors, but
usually are white or transparent.

** 363 **
CALCIUM
CHLORIDE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 10043 – 52 – 4
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial and detergent ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Hygroscopic agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Calcium chloride
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL CaCI2
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 110.99
WEIGHT

PH 9
RANGE
MELTING 772
POINT ( C )

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY 2.150 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
CALCIUM
CHLORIDE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Crystal
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place
Calcium chloride, is generally used as the
electrolyte and salt; sports drinks and other
beverages can be found in calcium chloride.
Canned products preserve the structure of
vegetables; pickles and similar products
without increasing the sodium content of
APPLICATIONS foods, salty taste to give used for
confectionery products can be found in the
calcium chloride. Cheese production is added
to processed milk, to protect the natural
balance between calcium and protein,
calcium chloride can be used. Also; if the milk
is of poor quality for cheese making, the clot
becomes soft, which in addition to causing
heavy losses to casein and fat loss, causes
poor clotting; a fixed clotting time and the
addition is made in order to obtain sufficient
calcium chloride in clot firmness.

** 365 **
CALCIUM
FORMATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 544 – 17 – 2
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL PH regulator in construction and adhesive
CATEGORY
TRADE Calcium diformate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C2H2CaO4
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 130. 11 Gr / Mole
WEIGHT

BOILING
POINT ( C )
MELTING 300
POINT ( C )

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Partially, soluble in water.


CALCIUM
FORMATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It has irritation less. In contact, wash plenty of
MEASURES water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Use as an intermediate, as a processing aid, as pH-


regulator, in fillers, in putties, in mortar, in adhesives,
APPLICATIONS in sealants, in glass, in ceramics, in fertilizers, in
washing and cleaning products, public domain, in
washing and cleaning products, health services.

Printing and reproduction of recorded media. Leather


tanning, dye, finishing, impregnation and care
products.

** 367 **
CALCIUM
HYDROXIDE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 1305 – 62 – 5
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL slaked lime
CATEGORY
TRADE Calcium hydroxide
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Ca(OH)2
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 74.1
WEIGHT

PH 14
RANGE
MELTING 580
POINT ( C )

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY 2.200 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Slightly soluble in water.
CALCIUM
HYDROXIDE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR white
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes an irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Calcium hydroxide, calcium hypochlorite and


to obtain industry finds its use in many areas.
APPLICATIONS
Among these sectors, the production of
calcium silicate and calcium silicate bricks
made accordingly, are used in the production
of gas concrete and mortar construction.
It is also used as the main raw material in the
production of calcium-based grease in grease
production.

** 369 **
CALCIUM HYPOCHLORIDE
POWDER CHLORINE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 7778 – 54 – 3
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial and detergent ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL chlorine bleach and disinfectant agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Calcium hypochloride
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL CaCI2O2
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 143
WEIGHT

PH 10 - 11
RANGE
MELTING 100
POINT ( C )

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY 2.350 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Slightly soluble in water.
CALCIUM HYPOCHLORIDE
POWDER CHLORINE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder or crystal
COLOR White or gray
ODOR A characteristic chlorine odor.
AID It causes an irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Chlorine powder, within the available chlorine


and chlorine odor judge this reason, it is a
APPLICATIONS solid raw white and crystalline form.

Chlorine powder, detergent primarily due to


receive property and especially chlorine
bleach active in the production, pool
chemicals, water treatment, paper industry,
textile and many other industrial areas is used
as chlorine bleach.

** 371 **
CALCIUM
NITRATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 13477 – 34 – 4
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Concrete additives
CATEGORY
TRADE Calcium nitrate tetrahydrate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Ca ( NO3 )2.4H2O
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 236.15 Gr / Mole
WEIGHT

SPECIFIC 1.82
GRAVITY ( Water:1 )
MELTING 42.7
POINT ( C )

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.


CALCIUM
NITRATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Solid and Powder
COLOR White or grey
ODOR Odorless
AID It has irritation less. In contact, wash plenty of
MEASURES water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Due to its chemical properties calcium nitrate has


widespread application in various industries. Calcium
compounds are main components of cement-based
construction materials. Calcium nitrate-based
concrete additives increase concrete curing speed,
improve strength characteristics and slow down
corrosion processes in reinforcing steel.
APPLICATIONS
In oil and gas industry, calcium nitrate, owing to its
water solubility and anti-corrosion properties, is used
as a component of well killing fluids and in scheduled
servicing and work-over of wells.
It is also widely used is chemical industry, among
other things, as a coagulating agent in manufacturing
of rubber and plastics.

** 373 **
CALCIUM
OCTOATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Concrete and paint additives
CATEGORY
TRADE Calcium octoate solution % 10
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

SPECIFIC Not specified


GRAVITY ( Water:1 )
FLASH 55
POINT ( C )

METAL 10
CONTENT ( % )
DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.


CALCIUM
OCTOATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear and slightly yellow
ODOR It has a characteristic odor.
AID It has irritation. In contact, wash plenty of
MEASURES water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place
This is a clear, nearly colourless high purity liquid
drier with an excellent activity and compatibility.
Calcium Octoate is an important auxiliary drier. It is
used in combination with Lead and Cobalt octoate,
mainly in alkyd finishes.
Calcium Octoate prevents the formation of lead haze
in clear medium. Alkyd resin paints and varnishes
containing Lead drier may become cloudy during the
APPLICATIONS storage due to precipitation of insoluble Lead
phathalate. This defect can be markedly reduced or
eliminated by including a fairly substantial proportion
of Calcium Octoate in the drier mixture.
Calcium used in conjunction with Cobalt increases
the efficiency of Cobalt drier in the paint medium.
Calcium Octobate is an important auxiliary drier
which eliminates hazing, blooming, clouding of the
finishes and keeps them clean and shiny. Calcium
Octoate suppresses the gas checking effect and
wrinkling effect in the alkyd finishers where Cobalt
and Lead driers are used in combination with
Manganese octoate.

** 375 **
CALCIUM
SILICATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 1344 – 95 - 2
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Insulation agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Calcium silicate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Ca2SiO3
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 116.16
WEIGHT

PH Not specified
RANGE
MELTING 1540
POINT ( C )

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY Not specified
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
CALCIUM
SILICATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Crystal
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Calcium silicate, as well as use in different


APPLICATIONS industrial sector, in the food industry and, in
particular, the dough baking soda in the
production, as additives in table salt
manufacturing and inhibiting agglomeration of
the vanilla powder, spice mixes and in many
food powder form production are used as
additives anti-caking.

** 377 **
CALCIUM
STEARATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 1592 – 23 – 0
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Water repellant and mould release agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Calcium stearate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C36H70CaO4
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 607.03 Gr / Mole
WEIGHT

SPECIFIC
GRAVITY ( Water:1 )
MELTING 148
POINT ( C )

BOILING Decomposes
POINT ( C )
DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Very slightly soluble in cold water.


CALCIUM
STEARATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Solid and Powder
COLOR White
ODOR Slightly fatty
AID It has irritation less. In contact, wash plenty of
MEASURES water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Calcium stearate is used as additives in the


construction chemicald manufacturing. calcium
stearate and other high performance water
repellants, low-VOC mould release agents and
powder defoamers.
APPLICATIONS
Calcium stearate is carboxylate of calcium that is
found in some lubricants and surfactants. It is a white
waxy powder. The concrete industry uses calcium
stearate for efflorescence control of cementitious
products used in the production of concrete masonry
units i.e. paver and block, as well as waterproofing.
Calcium stearate is a component in some types of
defoamers.

** 379 **
CALCIUM
SULFATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 7778 – 18 – 9
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL coagulant agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Calcium sulfate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Ca2SO4
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 136.14
WEIGHT

PH Not specified
RANGE
MELTING 1450
POINT ( C )

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY 2.960 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Partially soluble in water.
CALCIUM
SULFATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Crystal
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Calcium sulfate dihydrate, known E 516 food


code, CaSO4 chemical formula and 136.14 g
/ mole with a molecular weight of white (which
APPLICATIONS can be in different colors) and odorless raw
material is a powder or crystal form.

Calcium sulfate anhydrate, stabilizers, metal


binding agent is used as a nutrient for the
yeast bread. Also in the pharmaceutical
sector and particularly finds use in the
cosmetic and pharmaceutical industry.

** 381 **
CARBOXYMETHYL CELLULOSE
CMC

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 9004 – 32 – 4
NUMBER
GENERAL Cosmetic and food ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Thickener
CATEGORY
TRADE Carboxymethyl cellulose ( CMC )
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Polymer
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Polymer
WEIGHT

PH Not specified
RANGE
MELTING Not specified
POINT ( C )

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY Not specified
SOLUBILITY Partially soluble in water. Dispersible in water.
CARBOXYMETHYL CELLULOSE
CMC

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR Yellowish or white – off
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation . In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place
Carboxymethyl cellulose, CMC Na - CMC,
are of commercial importance and produced
a stabilized particle form. Easy to dissolve in
water and is a hydrocolloid used for multiple
purposes because of the Beam feature.
Some can be used to thicken cosmetics and
APPLICATIONS detergent products. It is also used in washing
powder and detergent cleaning fluid
mechanics. Ice cream, sorbet and frozen
konfeksiyoner inhibitor of the formation of ice
crystals in the product; cream, jelly and
pudding in preventing the sineresis event;
cakes and other bakery products increased
volume of water the provider and protector;
dietetic foods and are used as emulsifier and
stabilizer in the beverage industry.

** 383 **
CARMOISINE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 3567 – 69 – 9
NUMBER
GENERAL Food ingredient
CATEGORY
FOOD E 122
E CODE
TRADE Carmoisine
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C20H12N2Na2O7S2
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 502.44
WEIGHT

PH 6–8
RANGE
MELTING 300
POINT ( C )

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.800 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
CARMOISINE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR Red
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation more. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place
Synthetic food dyes in food coloring product
Carmoisine allowed in food codex, which are
used in limited quantities in the classroom. Ice
cream production, icy drinks, necessary in
sodas, fruit soda is used in production.
Also in the production of confectionery
APPLICATIONS products, jellies, flavored drinks, chewing gum
varieties in sugar and low-sugar, bakery
products, confectionery etc. It is used in many
food production. Food except
pharmaceuticals, cosmetics, detergent
products, car care products, in a small
amount of agricultural products, cleaning
products, colored stones, play dough, etc. are
also used for coloring in contact with people
of many products. Carmoisine gives red color
and is soluble in water.

** 385 **
CARNAUBA
WAX

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 8015 – 86 – 9
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Wax
CATEGORY
TRADE Carnauba wax
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Wax
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Wax
WEIGHT

PH Not specified
RANGE
MELTING 84
POINT ( C )

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.995 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water. Soluble in ethyl ether.
CARNAUBA
WAX

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Waxy solid
COLOR Yellow or green
ODOR A characteristic odor.
AID It causes no irritation more. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Carnauba wax is a vegetable-based oil


derivatives. Sometimes found in yellow or
green.
APPLICATIONS
Mainly including cosmetic, food, used as
emulsion detergent and car care products in
particular. Moreover, in manufacturing of
cosmetic products, particularly lipstick,
mascara, stick, and hair wax it is highly
desirable in production. Apart from these, the
skin care products and lotions used.

** 387 **
CARNAUBA WAX
EMULSION

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Paints and cleaning products as polisher
CATEGORY
TRADE Carnauba wax emulsion
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

PH 8 – 8,5
RANGE
MELTING 84
POINT ( C )

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.1 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY ISoluble in hot and cold water.
CARNAUBA WAX
EMULSION

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR White and opaqe
ODOR A characteristic odor.
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Carnauba wax emulsion is a vegetable-based


oil and emulgator. It is liquid and White.

APPLICATIONS Mainly including cosmetic, food, used as


emulsion detergent and car care products in
particular. Moreover, in manufacturing of
cosmetic products, particularly lipstick,
mascara, stick, and hair wax it is highly
desirable in production. Apart from these, the
skin care products and lotions used.

** 389 **
CASTOR
OIL

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 8001 – 79 – 4
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Herbal oil and polyurethane paints materials
CATEGORY
TRADE Castor oil
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR mixture
WEIGHT

SPECIFIC 0.962
GRAVITY ( Water:1 )
MELTING Not specified
POINT ( C )

BOILING 313
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.1 Gr / Cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in cold and hot water.
CASTOR
OIL

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Viscous liquid
COLOR Colorless and slightly yellow
ODOR Slightly fatty odor.
AID It has no irritation
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place
Castor oil is compatible with nitrocellulose, ethyl
cellulose, cellulose acetate butyrate, polyamide, and
butyl melamine (or urea) formalin resin, rosin, and
shellac. Therefore castor oil can be used as their
plasticizer. It is also compatible with many resins and
rubbers like polyvinyl butyral, vinyl chloride, vinyl
acetate, vinyl alcohol copolymer and chlorinated
rubber. Castor oil has an excellent stability, color
APPLICATIONS retention, flexibility, pigment-dispersibility and wetting
property, good lubrication, low temperature
resistance, electric property and biological
characteristics. Therefore, it is used for a component
of nitrocellulose lacquers, artificial leathers, printing
inks, calking materials, adhesives, brake fluids,
lubricants, cosmetics, stationeries, electric insulating
materials and pharmaceuticals.
 In addition, hydroxyl group, double bond and ester
linkage in Castor oil enable it transform into various
derivatives through chemical reactions. The products
are used in wide variety of application like coatings,
plastics, rubber, construction material, and metal and
machinery industries.

** 391 **
CHLOROPARAFFIN
WAX

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 85535 – 85 – 9
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL
CATEGORY
TRADE Chlorinated paraffin
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

SPECIFIC 1.540
GRAVITY ( Water:1 )
BOILING 200 C
POINT ( C )

PH 6 – 6,5
RANGE
DENSITY 2 – 5 ( poise at 50 C )
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in cold water.
CHOROPARAFFIN
WAX

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Viscous liquid
COLOR Slightly yellow
ODOR It has a characteristic odor.
AID It has irritation less. In contact, wash plenty of
MEASURES water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

 Rubber industry as a flame retardant chemical

 In the paint industry in anti-corrosive and fire proof


paints
APPLICATIONS
 In industrial lubricants like gear oil as a fire
retardant chemical additive

 In carbon paper as flexible coating

 Used in PVC and Ethyl Cellulose industries as


secondary plasticizer in the manufacture of shoe
soles, tubing, cable wires, carpets etc. in other
words, in all flexible PVC products.

** 393 **
CINNAMYL
ALCOHOL

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 104 – 54 – 1
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Organic alcohol
CATEGORY
TRADE Cinnamyl alcohol
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C9H10O
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 134.17 g / mole
WEIGHT

FLASH Not specified


POINT ( C )
MELTING 33
POINT ( C )

BOILING 250
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.04 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Slightly soluble in water. Soluble in alcohol.
CINNAMYL
ALCOHOL

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR Sweet Odor.
AID It causes an irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Cinnamyl alcohol is valuable in perfumery for


its odor and fixative properties. It is a
component of many flower compositions
(lilac, hyacinth, and lily of the valley) and is a
starting material for cinnamyl esters, several
APPLICATIONS
of which are valuable fragrance materials.

In aromas, the alcohol is used forcinnamon


notes and for rounding off fruit
aromas. Cinnamon spice, floral, green and
fermented with powdery balsamic nuances.
Use in trace amounts.

** 395 **
CITRIC
ACID

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 77 – 92 – 9
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial and food ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Food additivies and PH adjuster
CATEGORY
TRADE Citric acid
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C6H8O7
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 192.13 Gr / Mole
WEIGHT

SPECIFIC 1.665
GRAVITY ( Water:1 )
BOILING Decomposes
POINT ( C )

MELTING 155
POINT ( C )
DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.


CITRIC
ACID

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Crystal
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It has no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Cosmetics: Citric acid is a relatively common


ingredient used in cosmetics products to balance the
pH levels. According to CosmeticsDatabase.com,
small amounts of citric acid can be found in
shampoos, body wash, face cleansers, nail polish,
hand soap and other cosmetics products. Some
people may be sensitive to citric acid, so use caution
APPLICATIONS when applying a cosmetic product containing the
acid.

Food Additive: Citric acid can be found in many

different processed foods and soft drinks. It is an

effective organic preservative that can be found on

food/drink labels as “E330.” Citric acid also has a

pleasant citrus flavor that works well in soft drinks.

** 397 **
COCAMIDE
DEA

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 68603 – 42 – 9 + 111 – 42 – 2
NUMBER
GENERAL Cosmetic and detergent ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL surfactant
CATEGORY
TRADE Cocamide DEA
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

PH 9 – 10
RANGE
FLASHING 94
POINT ( C )

BOILING 100
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.950 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
COCAMIDE
DEA

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Viscous liquid
COLOR Clear and light yellow
ODOR A characteristic oily odor slightly.
AID It causes an irritation slightly. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Cocamide DEA, idiosyncratic form of a dense


liquid surfactant is a nonionic character is a
smell of moving raw materials.
APPLICATIONS
Cocamide DEA, it is a surface active
materials. It gives support to the main raw
material in a mixture of surfactants. Thickener
and foaming agent is very stable because of
properties. Major fields of cosmetics and
detergents are output. It also finds use in
industrial cleaning facility area.

** 399 **
COCAMIDE
MEA

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 68603 – 42 – 9 + 141 – 43 – 5
NUMBER
GENERAL Cosmetic and detergent ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL surfactant
CATEGORY
TRADE Cocamide MEA
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

PH 9 – 10
RANGE
FLASHING 94
POINT ( C )

BOILING 100
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.950 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
COCAMIDE
MEA

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Viscous liquid
COLOR Clear and light yellow
ODOR A characteristic oily odor slightly.
AID It causes an irritation slightly. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Cocamide MEA, idiosyncratic form of a dense


liquid surfactant is a nonionic character is a
smell of moving raw materials.
APPLICATIONS
Cocamide MEA, it is a surface active
materials. It gives support to the main raw
material in a mixture of surfactants. Thickener
and foaming agent is very stable because of
properties. Major fields of cosmetics and
detergents are output. It also finds use in
industrial cleaning facility area.

** 401 **
COCAMIDOPROPYL
BETAINE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 61789 – 40 – 0 + 7647 – 14 – 5
NUMBER
GENERAL Cosmetic and detergent ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL surfactant
CATEGORY
TRADE Cocamidopropyl betaine
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

PH 5–7
RANGE
MELTING 17
POINT ( C )

BOILING 100
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.010 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
COCAMIDOPROPYL
BETAINE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR A characteristic odor slightly.
AID It causes an irritation slightly. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Betaine, intensive light and peculiar odor with


APPLICATIONS a light, transparent and colorless liquid raw
material is an active amphoteric surfactants.

Betaine, as surface cleaning and particularly


active in the cosmetics and detergents sector
used in foaming shampoo and baby products.
An extremely low irritation surfactant.

** 403 **
COLOPHON
RESIN

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Natural
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Adhesive additives
CATEGORY
TRADE Rosin
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Natural
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Natural
WEIGHT

PURITY 95
(%)
FLASH 216
POINT ( C )

MELTING
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.070 Gr / Cm3
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water. Soluble in ethyl alcohol,
hexane and toluene.
COLOPHON
RESIN

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Crystal
COLOR Yellow
ODOR It has a characteristic balmy odor.
AID It has no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Colophon resin, particularly the pharmaceutical

industry, adhesives, paints, inks such as

manufacturing are used in many industrial products.


APPLICATIONS

In the field of agriculture, there is more production.

Only kolofon resin used as an adhesive agent during

the manufacture of glue spreader.

** 405 **
CORN
STARCH

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 9005 – 25 – 8
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial and food ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Food additives
CATEGORY
TRADE Corn starch
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Natural
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Natural
WEIGHT

SPECIFIC 1.5
GRAVITY ( Water: 1 )
BOILING Decomposes
POINT ( C )

MOISTURE 9.20
RATE ( % )
DENSITY 1.070 Gr / Cm3
SOLUBILITY Partially, soluble in water.
CORN
STARCH

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It has no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS

Papermaking is the largest non-food application for


starches globally, consuming millions of metric tons
annually. In a typical sheet of copy paper for
instance, the starch content may be as high as 8%.
Both chemically modified and unmodified starches
APPLICATIONS
are used in papermaking.

Textile chemicals from starch are used to reduce


breaking of yarns during weaving; the warp yarns are
sized, especially for cotton. Starch is also used as
textile printing thickener. In the printing industry, food
grade starch is used in the manufacture of anti-set-off
spray powder used to separate printed sheets of
paper to avoid wet ink being set off.

** 407 **
CORUNDUM
STONE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mineral
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial materials
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Construction additives
CATEGORY
TRADE Corundum stone
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mineral
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mineral
WEIGHT

SPECIFIC 3.95
GRAVITY ( Water: 1 )
MOHS 9
HARDNESS

MELTING 2045
POINT ( C )
DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.


CORUNDUM
STONE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Solid stone and crystalline
COLOR White, grey, Brown or colorless
ODOR Odorless
AID It has no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

The mineral is widely known for its extreme hardness


and for the fact that it is sometimes found as beautiful
transparent crystals in many different colors. The
extreme hardness makes corundum an excellent
APPLICATIONS abrasive, and when that hardness is found in
beautiful crystals, you have the perfect material for
cutting gemstones.

Natural and synthetic corundum are used in a wide


variety of industrial applications because of their
toughness, hardness, and chemical stability. They
are used to make industrial bearings, scratch-
resistant windows for electronic instruments, wafers
for circuit boards, and many other products.

** 409 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

D
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


DECYLAMINE
OXIDE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 2016 – 57 – 1
NUMBER
GENERAL Cosmetic and detergent ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Surfactant – nonionic
CATEGORY
TRADE Decylamine oxide
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C10H23N
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 157.30
WEIGHT

MELTING 12 - 15
POINT ( C )
BOILING 216
POINT ( C )

PH 7 – 10
RANGE
DENSITY 0.970 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
DECYLAMINE
OXIDE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Slightly viscous liquid.
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR A characteristic odor slightly.
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Decylamine oxide, with its peculiar smell and


APPLICATIONS consistency is a non-ionic surface active
materials in liquid form.

Decylamine oxide, detergents and foam


stabilizers in the production of many industrial
products are used as thickeners and cleaner.

** 411 **
DECYL
OLEATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 3687 – 46 – 5
NUMBER
GENERAL Cosmetic ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Skin lubricant agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Decyl oleate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Not specified
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Not specified
WEIGHT

MELTING 0
POINT ( C )
BOILING 300
POINT ( C )

FLASH 150
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.860 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
DECYL
OLEATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Oily
COLOR Clear and pale yellow
ODOR A characteristic odor slightly.
AID It causes an irritation slightly. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Decyl oleate, density of 0.860 g / cm 3, which,


APPLICATIONS in liquid form, is a raw material liquid,
transparent and pale yellow.

Decyl oleate, quite cosmetic and detergent


industry. It is also used in the manufacture of
certain industrial products. Often used much
in hand and face lotions and creams.
Lubricating feature highlighted in use.

** 413 **
DIBUTYLTIN
DILAURATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 77 – 58 – 7
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Construction and paint additives
CATEGORY
TRADE Dibutyltin laurate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C32H64O4Sn
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 631.56 g / mole
WEIGHT

REFRACTIVE 1.44
INDEX
ASSAY 95
(%)

BOILING 250
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.066 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
DIBUTYLTIN
LAURATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Pale yellow
ODOR A chracteristic odor.
AID It causes irritation less. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Dibutyltin dilaurate is suitable to accelerate the cross-


linking process of solvent based two-component PU
coatings. Due to the strong acceleration of the
chemical reaction, a reduced pot-life might occur.
High addition rates might reduce the gloss.

APPLICATIONS
Dibutyltin dilaurate improves the drying of chemically
curing systems favoring the isocyanate/polyol
reaction over other side reactions such as
isocyanate/water. DBTL can be used to aid the curing
process of polyurethanes, silicone resins, RTV
silicone resins and silane modified polymers. Scratch
resistance, hardness and mechanical properties are
improved.

** 415 **
DIETHANOLAMINE
DEA

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 111 – 42 – 2
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial and detergent ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Alkaline agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Diethanolamine ( DEA )
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C4H11O4
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 105.40 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING 28
POINT ( C )
BOILING 271
POINT ( C )

PH 11 – 12
RANGE
DENSITY 1.097 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
DIETHANOLAMINE
DEA

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR A characteristic ammonia odor.
AID It causes an irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Diethanolamine (DEA), with its distinctive


odor, viscous liquid form, transparent,
colorless or slightly yellow color is a raw
material.
APPLICATIONS

Diethanolamine (DEA), adjust pH in many


industrial products, especially detergents and
cleaning. Especially in the production of liquid
detergent used in many oil and dirt solve
solved formula. It is also used in some
chemical raw materials into a water-based
solvent products in the agricultural sector.

** 417 **
DIETHYLENE
GLYCOL

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 111 – 46 – 6
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial and detergent ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Dehydrating agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Diethylene glycol
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C4H10O3
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 106.20 g / mole
WEIGHT

FREEZING -10
POINT ( C )
BOILING 245
POINT ( C )

FLASH 143
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.120 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water easily.
DIETHYLENE
GLYCOL

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Viscous liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR A characteristic odor.
AID It causes an irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Diethylene glycol is used as a dehydrating


agent for natural gas; a raw material for the
production of plasticizers and polyester
resins; a humectant; a textile lubricant and
APPLICATIONS coupling agent; a solvent in textile dyeing and
printing; a constituent of hydraulic fluids; a
plasticizer for paper, cork and synthetic
sponges; a solvent in printing inks; a raw
material for the production of esters used as
emulsifiers, demulsifiers, and lubricants; a
selective solvent for aromatics in petroleum
refining.

** 419 **
DIETHYLHYDROXYLAMINE
DEHA

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 3710 – 84 – 7
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial and detergent ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Corrosion agent
CATEGORY
TRADE DEHA
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C4H11NO
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 89.10 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING -26
POINT ( C )
BOILING 127
POINT ( C )

FLASH Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.865 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water easily.
DIETHYLHYDROXYLAMINE
DEHA

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear and pale yellow
ODOR A characteristic ammonia odor.
AID It causes an irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

DEHA, has a peculiar smell of ammonia,


liquid form, is transparent and colorless raw
APPLICATIONS material.

DEHA is used as a corrosion inhibitor in water


treatment chemicals as oxygen scavengers.
Pasivizat is good. It is also used in various
industrial fields.

** 421 **
DIISOBUTYL
PHTHALATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 84 – 69 – 5
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Construction and paint additives as plasifier.
CATEGORY
TRADE Diisobutyl phthalate ( DIBP )
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C16H22O4
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 278.34 g / mole
WEIGHT

PURITY 98.5
(%)
FLASH 185
POINT( C )

BOILING 327
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.038 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
DIISOBUTYL
PHTHALATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Colorless
ODOR Aromatic odor.
AID It causes irritation less. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Diisobutyl phthalates are widely used as additives in


a range of plastics and other materials that are found
in many consumer products. They make plastics,
such as PVC, soft and flexible.
APPLICATIONS

They are not chemically bound to plastics, so they


can be released from consumer products into the
environment. There is public concern about
phthalates because of their widespread use and
occurrence in the environment as well as their
potential effects on human health.

** 423 **
DIOCTYL
ETHER

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 629 – 82 – 3
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial and cosmetic ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Anti-static agent, lubricant, electrical insulator,
CATEGORY water repellent
TRADE Dioctyl ether
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C16H34O
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 242.40 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING -7
POINT ( C )
BOILING 286
POINT ( C )

FLASH 135
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.806 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
DIOCTYL
ETHER

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR A characteristic odor.
AID It causes an irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

DIOCTYL ETHER, an ether, can act as a


base. They form salts with strong acids and
addition complexes with Lewis acids. The
APPLICATIONS complex between diethyl ether and boron
trifluoride is an example.

Ethers may react violently with strong


oxidizing agents. In other reactions, which
typically involve the breaking of the carbon-
oxygen bond, ethers are relatively inert.

** 425 **
DIPROPYLENE
GLYCOL

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 25265 – 71 – 8
NUMBER
GENERAL Cosmetic ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Essential oil agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Dipropylene glycol
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C6H14O3
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 134.18 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING Not specified


POINT ( C )
BOILING 232
POINT ( C )

PH Not specified
RANGE
DENSITY 1.025 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in cold water and hot water.
DIPROPYLENE
GLYCOL

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

DPG; is a colorless, hygroscopic liquid, water,


alcohol, esters, in all proportions with the
organic solvent solution to form the majority
and various vegetable oils and highly soluble
in most organic solvents.
APPLICATIONS
Many sectors used as solvent DPG
major industrial intermediates, unsaturated
polyester resins, plasticizers, alkyd resins,
cosmetics and urethane find application in the
production of poyol and antifoaming agents
are included as additives in industrial soaps
and functional fluid formulations.

** 427 **
DOLOMITE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 1332 – 58 – 7
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Filler agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Dolomite
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL CaMg( CO3 )2
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Not specified
WEIGHT

MELTING 1770
POINT ( C )
BOILING Not specified
POINT ( C )

PH 7–9
RANGE
DENSITY 2.860 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
DOLOMITE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder or crystal
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Dolomite, it finds use in many industrial


areas, including industrial detergents in
APPLICATIONS particular. In particular, the main raw material
used in the scouring powder.

Dolomite is the opportunity to use raw


materials in their chemical structure as the
main filler.

** 429 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

E
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


EDTA
ETHYLENEDIAMINETETRAACETIC ACID

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 60 – 00 – 4
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Sequestering
CATEGORY
TRADE Edta
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C10H16N2O8
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 292.24 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING Not specified


POINT ( C )
BOILING Not specified
POINT ( C )

PH 8–9
RANGE
DENSITY 0.860 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in cold water and hot water.
EDTA
ETHYLENEDIAMINETETRAACETIC ACID

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Edta in powder form and does not smell, is a


solid raw material in white.
APPLICATIONS
Edta, including detergent first, rather than due
to the sequestering and chelating property is
used in many industrial fields. In addition, the
separation of metal ions, raw assist in
degreasing baths, also find use in
photography and the electrolysis process.

** 431 **
EPOXY
HARDENER

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Epoxy additives
CATEGORY
TRADE Epoxy hardener
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

MELTING
POINT ( C )
FLASH 200
POINT ( C )

VISCOSITY 1000 – 4000 cPs


( 25 C )
DENSITY 0.98 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
EPOXY
HARDENER

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Viscous liquid.
COLOR Reddish brown
ODOR A characteristic odor slightly.
AID It causes an irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Excellent rapid cure even at low temperatures


Good chemical, solvent & water resistance
Non critical mixing ratios
Excellent curing under humid & damp conditions
Good adhesion to mechanically cleaned surfaces
Superior corrosion resistance
APPLICATIONS Very good flexibility
Low viscosity

Applications of epoxy hardeners

Solvent free, high solid coatings


Pipeline & tank coatings
Adhesives
Surface tolerant primers for metallic substrate
Marine & industrial coatings

** 433 **
EPOXY REACTIVE
DILUENT

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Epoxy additives
CATEGORY
TRADE Epoxy diluent
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

MELTING
POINT ( C )
FLASH 205
POINT ( C )

PH
RANGE
DENSITY 0.950 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
EPOXY REACTIVE
DILUENT

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Viscous liquid.
COLOR Light brown
ODOR A characteristic odor slightly.
AID It causes an irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Features

 Very good compatibility with bis - phenol A,bis -


phenol F & Phenolic epoxies
 Low viscosity
 Excellent flexibility
 Excellent chemical & water resistance
APPLICATIONS  Low VOC product could be formulated
 Increased thermal shock resistance
 Maintains electrical properties

 Flexible & water resistant coating



Epoxy coating for storage & transportation of
potable water
 Amine adduct as hardener for flexible epoxy coating
 Epoxy coatings for industrial flooring with excellent
chemical, water & abrasion resistance

** 435 **
EPOXY
RESIN

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Epoxy additives
CATEGORY
TRADE Epoxy resin
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

HYDROLYSABLE 2
CHLORINE ( % )
FLASH 200
POINT ( C )

VISCOSITY 95 - 98
( 25 C )
DENSITY 0.95 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
EPOXY
RESIN

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Viscous liquid.
COLOR Light brown
ODOR A characteristic odor slightly.
AID It causes an irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place
Features

 Very good compatibility with bis - phenol A , bis -


phenol F & Phenolic epoxies
 Low viscosity
 Excellent flexibility
 Excellent chemical & water resistance
 Low VOC product could be formulated
APPLICATIONS  Increased thermal shock resistance
 Maintains electrical properties

Applications

 Flexible & water resistant coating


 Epoxy coating for storage & transportation of potable
water
 Amine adduct as hardener for flexible epoxy coating
 Epoxy coatings for industrial flooring with excellent
chemical, water & abrasion resistance

** 437 **
ETHYL
ACETATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 141 – 78 – 6
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Solvent agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Ethyl acetate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C4H8O2
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 88.10 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING / FREEZING -83


POINT ( C )
BOILING 77
POINT ( C )

FLASH Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.902 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in cold water.
ETHYL
ACETATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR A characteristic odor.
AID It causes an irritation slightly. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Ethyl Acetate is used as a solvent for


chemical reactions. Because of its odor it is
often used in cosmetics and its smell is
associated with nail polishes. Additionally, it is
APPLICATIONS used in confectionery, perfumes, and fruits
because it evaporates at a fast rate, leaving
but the scent of the perfume on the skin.

Ethyl acetate is an effective poison for use in


insect collector as its vapors are a respiratory
tract irritant whose vapors can kill the insect
quickly without destroying it, leaving it intact
for study.

** 439 **
ETHYL
ALCOHOL

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 64 – 17 – 5
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Solvent and disinfectant agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Ethyl alcohol
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C2H5OH
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 46.06 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING / FREEZING -114.5


POINT ( C )
BOILING 78
POINT ( C )

FLASH 16.5
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.790 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in cold water.
ETHYL
ALCOHOL

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR A characteristic alcohol odor.
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Ethyl alcohol, which itself has a fragrance


liquid form, transparent and colorless solvent
is an organic raw character.

APPLICATIONS Ethyl alcohol, including detergent first,


solvents and industrial products used as raw
materials in some help. In degreaser,
disinfect soil removal and surface cleaning
products and surgical tools, disinfectant gel
used for hand and face. In cosmetics, the
cologne construction used in the manufacture
of perfumes and personal care products.

** 441 **
ETIDRONIC ACID
HEDP

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 2809 – 21 – 4
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial and detergent ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Phosphonate derivatives
CATEGORY
TRADE Hedp
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C2H8O7P2
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 206.03
WEIGHT

MELTING -40C
POINT ( C )
BOILING 105
POINT ( C )

PH 2–3
RANGE
DENSITY 1.450 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
ETIDRONIC ACID
HEDP

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid.
COLOR Colorless
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes an irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place
By chelating with most earth metal ions such as
Ca2+, Mg2+, Ba2+, and Fe2+, Pb2+, HEDP is used
as scale inhibitor, deflocculant, sequestrant, water
stabilizer in circulating cool water system, oil field and
low-pressure boilers in fields such as electric power,
chemical industry, metallurgy, fertilizer, etc under
condition of high temperature and high pH value.
APPLICATIONS
HEDP is also used as detergent for metal and
nonmetal. In dyeing industry, HEDP is used as
peroxide stabilizer and dye-fixing agent; In non-
cyanide electroplating, HEDP is used as chelating
agent. The dosage of 1–10 mg/L is preferred as scale
inhibitor, 10–50 mg/L as corrosion inhibitor, and
1000–2000 mg/L as detergent. Usually, HEDP is
used together with polycarboxylic acid. Partial
neutralized HEDP (usually with caustic soda, or
potassium hydroxide) is also available in the above
application.

** 443 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

F
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


FORMALDEHYDE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 50 – 00 – 0 + 7732 – 18 – 5
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL protective agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Formaldehyde solution
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL CH2O
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 30.02 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING / FREEZING -15


POINT ( C )
BOILING 98
POINT ( C )

PH 3
RANGE
DENSITY 1.080 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
FORMALDEHYDE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR A characteristic pungent odor
AID It causes an irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Formaldehyde, and a characteristic pungent


odor, liquid form, a raw material is clear.
APPLICATIONS
Formaldehyde, used as a preservative in
many sectors, including in particular
detergent. It is forbidden to use as a
preservative in recent years. It also found
uses as raw materials in industrial areas and
in particular resins.

** 445 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

G
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


GLASS
BEADS

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mineral and mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Construction additives
CATEGORY
TRADE Glass beads
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

MELTING / FREEZING Not specified


POINT ( C )
BOILING Not specified
POINT ( C )

PH Not specified
RANGE
DENSITY Not specified
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
GLASS
BEADS

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Crystalline parts
COLOR White, red, green, brown and colorless
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place
Reflective glass beads are among the most
economical means to create safer driving conditions.
Only road markings that contain glass beads are
night-visible. No beads - no visibility at night. When a
car's headline beam shines on a striping which
integrates glass beads, the striping seems to light up
and gets much better visible at night. This effect is
called retroreflection.
APPLICATIONS
Using beaded lines for nighttime refl ectivity is now
accepted worldwide. The advantages of using refl
ective beads are apparent when driving on a rural
road at night. Added benefi ts of refl ective beads are
to protect marking material from tracking and to
improve durability. However, during the day, a non-
beaded paint line will appear richer and a more
uniform color. However, this is misleading because
the non-beaded paint line may not be visible at night.

** 447 **
GLYCERINE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 56 – 81 – 5
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Moisturizer agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Glycerine
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C3H5( OH )3
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 92.09 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING / FREEZING 19
POINT ( C )
BOILING 290
POINT ( C )

PH 7
RANGE
DENSITY 1.260 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
GLYCERINE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Viscous liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Glycerine, non-odor, transparent and


colorless, slightly viscous liquid is a raw
APPLICATIONS material form.

Glycerine, detergent and used in the


cosmetics industry as well as moisturizing
and protecting skin. Glycerin is also the main
raw material of rubber polisher in auto care
products. Also in the paper industry, rubber
production is used in textile and many other
industries.

** 449 **
GRANULAR PATTERN
STONE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mineral and mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Construction additives
CATEGORY
TRADE Granular pattern stone
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

MELTING / FREEZING Not specified


POINT ( C )
BOILING Not specified
POINT ( C )

PH Not specified
RANGE
DENSITY Not specified
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
GRANULAR PATTERN
STONE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Solid Stones
COLOR White, red, green, brown and colorless
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

APPLICATIONS
Granular pattern Stones has different color. they are
used for decorative purpose for Wall and floor.
Granular pattern stones have different dimensions.

** 451 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

H
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


HEXANE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 110 – 54 – 3
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Solvent and adhesive additives
CATEGORY
TRADE Hexane
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C6H14
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 86.18 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING / FREEZING -96


POINT ( C )
BOILING 68.5
POINT ( C )

PH
RANGE
DENSITY 0.65 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Very slighty soluble in water.
HEXANE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR colorless
ODOR Petrolic
AID It causes irritation less. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Hexane is used to extract edible oils from seeds and


vegetables, as a special-use solvent, and as a
cleaning agent. Acute (short-term) inhalation
exposure of humans to high levels of hexane causes
mild central nervous system (CNS) effects, including
dizziness, giddiness, slight nausea, and headache.
APPLICATIONS
Chronic (long-term) exposure to hexane in air is
associated with polyneuropathy in humans, with
numbness in the extremities, muscular weakness,
blurred vision, headache, and fatigue observed.
Neurotoxic effects have also been exhibited in rats.
No information is available on the carcinogenic
effects of hexane in humans or animals. EPA has
classified hexane as a Group D, not classifiable as to
human carcinogenicity.

** 453 **
HYDRAULIC
LIME

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mineral
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Paint and construction additives
CATEGORY
TRADE Hydraulic lime
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mineral
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mineral
WEIGHT

CALCIUM 88
HYDROXIDE ( % )
MAGNESIUM 0.8
OXIDE ( % )

IRON 0.3
OXIDE ( % )
ALUMINIUM 0.4
OXIDE ( % )
SOLUBILITY Very slighty soluble in water.
HYDRAULIC
LIME

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes irritation less. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Hydrated Lime is manufactured for the stabilisation


of road surfaces.

Hydrated Lime can also be used as a filler in asphalt


to improve resistance to high temperature rutting.
APPLICATIONS
Hydrated Lime is supplied to the water treatment
industry for softening, pH adjustment/ coagulation
and removal of impurities.

Hydrated Lime can also be used to remove acidic


gases that are harmful to the environment particularly
sulphur dioxide and hydrogen chloride from flue gas.

** 455 **
HYDRAZINE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 302 – 01 – 2
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Corrosion agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Hydrazine
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL N2H4
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 32.05 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING / FREEZING 1–2


POINT ( C )
BOILING 113.5
POINT ( C )

PH Not specifeid
RANGE
DENSITY 1.100 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
HYDRAZINE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR A characteristic odor
AID It causes an irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Hydrazine, which is a slightly peculiar smell,


APPLICATIONS clear and colorless, is a liquid ingredient.

Hydrazine, especially water treatment be


used in many industrial fields. Good oxygen
scavenging and therefore best used as a
corrosion inhibitor.

** 457 **
HYDROCHLORIC
ACID

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 7647 – 01 – 0
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Strongest mineral acid
CATEGORY
TRADE Hydrochloric acid
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL HCI
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 36.46
WEIGHT

MELTING / FREEZING -62


POINT ( C )
BOILING 108
POINT ( C )

PH 1
RANGE
DENSITY 1.170 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
HYDROCHLORIC
ACID

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes an irritation strongly.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Hydrochloric acid is a kind of inorganic acids


found use in a variety of fields. Acid
concentration, it varies according to the work
APPLICATIONS site is used. Hydrochloric acid pickling of
steel, the formation of the organic compound
is used in many industries to ensure the
production of sub-fields and the pH stability of
the inorganic materials in the industrial fields

Hydrochloric acid is the main ingredient in the


chemical. This acid is used in many small
scale industries. Leather processing,
cleaning, construction industry is one of them.

** 459 **
HYDROFLUORIC
ACID

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 7664 – 39 – 3
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Strongest inorganic acid
CATEGORY
TRADE Hydrofluoric acid
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL HF
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Aqueous mixture
WEIGHT

MELTING / FREEZING Not specified


POINT ( C )
BOILING Not specified
POINT ( C )

PH 1
RANGE
DENSITY 1.150 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
HYDROFLUORIC
ACID

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes an irritation strongly.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Hydrochloric acid is the name given to the


aqueous solution of hydrogen fluoride.
Especially it used in the glass processing
industry. Because glass abrasive effect, in
APPLICATIONS glass bottles can not hide. It is a clear liquid
identified as HF. Rather it should be
considered in use.

Opening severe mercury poisoning by


inhalation, contact with the skin can cause
deep burns. Hydrofluoric acid is also used in
high-octane gasoline production. Also among
the areas; Purification of aluminum and
uranium, rust removal in laundry products is
available as catalysts in the oil industry.

** 461 **
HYDROGEN
PEROXIDE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 7722 – 84 – 1
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Active oxygen agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Hydrogen peroxide
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL H2O2
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 34.01
WEIGHT

MELTING / FREEZING -10


POINT ( C )
BOILING 150
POINT ( C )

PH 2–3
RANGE
DENSITY 1.135 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
HYDROGEN
PEROXIDE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR Acharacteristic odor.
AID It causes an irritation strongly. In contact,
MEASURES wash plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Hydrogen peroxide, no smell, the brown


color is a solid raw crystal or powder form.
APPLICATIONS
Hydrogen peroxide is a very important
incorporating active oxygen bleach. Including
detergent bs, it finds use in many industrial
fields. Cosmetics, textile, paper industry, the
pharmaceutical industry and is used in many
industries.

** 463 **
HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE
HEC

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 9032 – 42 – 2
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Thickener
CATEGORY
TRADE Hydroxyethyl cellulose ( HEC )
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C34H66O24
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 858.9 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING / FREEZING
POINT ( C )
BOILING
POINT ( C )

VISCOSITY 15000 – 2000 cSp

DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Very slighty soluble in water.


HYDROXYETHYL CELLULOSE
HEC

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR colorless
ODOR Petrolic
AID It causes irritation less. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Hydroxyethyl methyl cellulose products include an


extensive family of high-performance cellulosic
products used for a wide range of industrial and
construction applications:

APPLICATIONS  Cement-based tile adhesives


 Tile grouts
 Self-leveling underlayments
 Mortars for EIFS (Exterior Insulation and Finishing
System)/skim coat
 Cement-based plasters
 Gypsum-based building materials  Cement and
cement-giver extruded materials
 Ready-to-use latex systems  Ceramic pastes

** 465 **
HYDROXYETHYL
METHACRYLATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 868 – 77 – 9
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Paint resin
CATEGORY
TRADE Hydroxyethyl methacrylate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C6H10O3
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 130.10 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING / FREEZING -12


POINT ( C )
BOILING 65
POINT ( C )

FLASH 106
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.034 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Very slighty soluble in water.
HYDROXYETHYL
METHACRYLATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR colorless
ODOR Ester odor
AID It causes irritation less. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Application

HEMA is used in the synthesis of biologically


APPLICATIONS functional poly (2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate)
(PHEMA) coplymers. It is also used to prepare light
responsive membranes of PHEMA, HEMA/
acrylamide based specific drug release hydrogel, and
water soluble HEMA/methacrylic acid hydrogel for
drug delivery. Effects of HEMA on the migration of
dental pulp stem cells (in vitro) may be studied.

** 467 **
HYDROXYPROPYL
METHYLCELLULOSE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 9050 – 31 – 1
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Thickener
CATEGORY
TRADE Hydroxypropyl methylcellulose
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

MELTING / FREEZING Not spesified


POINT ( C )
BOILING Not specified
POINT ( C )

PH 8 – 10
RANGE
DENSITY Not spesified
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water. Dispersıble in water.
HYDROXYPROPYL
METHYLCELLULOSE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White or white – off
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose, one of the


cold water soluble additives. Methyl cellulose
solution is heated and the viscosity is
increased from 50 to 55 ° C "is gelled. This
gelation point may be raised relative to the
hydroxypropyl groups (max 85 ° "ye) .Jelleş
APPLICATIONS point, it modified using additives.

With a plurality of electrolyte sucrose,


glycerol, sorbitol and reducing the gelation
point it has enhancing effect of ethanol and
propylene glycol. Emulsifiers, film former,
protective colloids, stabilizers, may be used
as suspending agents and thickeners. Bakery
products, mayonnaise, can be used in ice
cream and other dairy products.

** 469 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

I
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


ISOBUTANOL

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 78 – 83 – 1
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Solvent and paints
CATEGORY
TRADE Isobutyl alcohol
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL ( CH3 )2CHCH2OH
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 74.12 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING / FREEZING -108


POINT ( C )
BOILING 108
POINT ( C )

FLASH 31
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.86 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Partially, soluble in water. Miscible in alcohol.
ISOBUTANOL

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR colorless
ODOR Sweetish and musty
AID It causes irritation less. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

• Solvent (coatings/cleaners)
• Textiles
• De-icing fluids
APPLICATIONS • Intermediate for glycol ethers and esters
• Flotation agents
• Floor polishes
• Extractant in production of drugs and antibiotics,
hormones, vitamins
• Additive in gasoline
• Anti-corrosion and anti-wear inhibitors in engine oils
• Agricultural chemicals intermediate

** 471 **
ISOCYANATE
ALIPHATIC

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 28182 – 81 – 2
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Coatings and paints
CATEGORY
TRADE Polymeric aliphatic isocyanate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

FLASH 184 C
POINT ( C )
BOILING 300 C
POINT ( C )

VISCOSITY 1400 mPs

SPECIFIC GRAVITY 0.95


WATER: 1
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water. Soluble in organic solvents
ISOCYANATE
ALIPHATIC

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Yellowish
ODOR Colorless
AID It causes irritation less. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

The vast majority of aliphatic isocyanates are used


for coatings. This application particularly takes
APPLICATIONS advantage of the reduced weather-induced coloring
of aliphatic-based urethanes versus aromatic-based
polyurethanes.

Additionally, a small amount of aliphatic isocyanates


is used in thermoplastic polyurethane films that are
also used for weatherable applications.

** 473 **
ISOPROPYL
ACETATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 108 – 22 – 5
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Solvent
CATEGORY
TRADE Isopropyl acetate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C5H10O2
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 102.13 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING Not specified


POINT ( C )
BOILING 89
POINT ( C )

PH Not specifeid
RANGE
DENSITY 0.870 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
ISOPROPYL
ACETATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR A characteristic odor
AID It causes an irritation slightly. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

APPLICATIONS Isopropyl acetate is used as solvent in the


food industry and especially the areas of food
flavorings.

Also oils for the manufacture of cellulose and


used Iso propyl acetate solvent for printing
inks, sees use in the cosmetics industry and
the plastics industry.

** 475 **
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
IPA

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 67 – 63 – 0
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Solvent
CATEGORY
TRADE Isopropyl alcohol
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C3H8O
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 61.10 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING -88.5
POINT ( C )
BOILING 82.5
POINT ( C )

PH Not specifeid
RANGE
DENSITY 0.785 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
ISOPROPYL ALCOHOL
IPA

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR A characteristic alcohol odor
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Isopropyl alcohol, which has a smell its


liquid form, transparent and colorless solvent
is an organic raw character.
APPLICATIONS
Isopropyl alcohol, detergents and industrial
degreasing cleaning products used as soil
removal. In particular, clear glass production,
surface cleaners, dirt and oils resolve in
making auto car perfume, fragrance is used
quite often in the manufacturing room. Water-
based and used in the manufacture of auto
brake pads spray.

** 477 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

K
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


KAOLINITE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mineral
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL construction and paint additives
CATEGORY
TRADE Kaolin
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Al2Si2O5( OH )4
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 258.16 g / mole
WEIGHT

AL2O3 ( % ) 39.50

SiO2 ( % ) 46.55

H2O ( % ) 13.96

SPECIFIC 2.6
GRAVITY
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
KAOLINITE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR colorless
ODOR Sweetish and musty
AID It causes irritation less. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Kaolinite is the most abundant clay mineral, and is


APPLICATIONS used for pottery and ceramics. It is also very
important in the production of paper, and is used in
pharmaceuticals as an ingredient in some
medications such as stomach soothers. Kaolinite is
also used as an ingredient in some cosmetics, soaps,
paint gloss, and toothpastes.

** 479 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

L
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


LATEX
RESIN

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Polymeric emulsion
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Adhesive Additives
CATEGORY
TRADE Styrene butadiene
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Emulsion
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Emulsion
WEIGHT

STYRENE % 68

BUTADIENE % 32

FLASH
POINT ( C )
DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water. Soluble in trichloroethylene


LATEX
RESIN

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR White
ODOR It has a characteristic odor.
AID It causes irritation less. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Latex is a water dispersion based on styrene-


butadiene or carboxylic styrene-butadiene rubber
copolymers (SBR) manufactured in an emulsion
copolymerization with the use of anionic emulsifiers.
Depending on the intended application, latex can
APPLICATIONS include different modifiers.

The range of use of synthetic latex includes


production of gelled and non-gelled foam, finishing of
fabrics and floor carpets or impregnation of non-
woven materials. It is also used for production of
asphalt-latex emulsions for roof sealing in the
building sector.

** 481 **
LIQUID DEXTRIN
GLUE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Adhesive matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Adhesive Additives
CATEGORY
TRADE Dextrine glue ( liquid )
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

FLASH Not specified


POINT ( C )
BOILING Not specified
POINT ( C )

MELTING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.15 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in cold and hot water.
LIQUID DEXTRINE
GLUE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Viscous iquid
COLOR Brown or yellow
ODOR It has a characteristic odor.
AID It causes irritation less. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Dextrin adhesives provide clean machining and


excellent bonding properties to cellulosic materials,
such as paper and paperboard. They exhibit high wet
tack, are light straw to amber in appearance and are
APPLICATIONS typically cost effective.

Dextrin applications include laminating, converting,


printing, core winding, carton and case sealing, paper
bag and envelope manufacturing. Their re-
moistenability makes them useful in the
manufacturing of stamps and envelopes, and
because they are water soluble they can be cleaned
easily.

** 483 **
LIQUID
PARAFFIN

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial and detergent ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Skin emollient
CATEGORY
TRADE Liquid paraffin
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

FLASH 150
POINT ( C )
BOILING 350
POINT ( C )

PH Not specified
RANGE
DENSITY 0.845 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water. Soluble in petroleum oils.
LIQUID
PARAFFIN

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid oily
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Liquid paraffin is a type of medicine


called a laxative. It works by softening
and lubricating the stools. This helps the
stools to move more easily through the
bowel.
APPLICATIONS
This medicine relieves constipation,
making stools easier to pass. This means
it can also be used to reduce pain
associated with passing stools in people
with conditions affecting the anus, such
as piles (haemorrhoids) or anal fissure.

It is not often used, as the liquid paraffin


can sometimes leak from the bottom.

** 485 **
LITHIUM
CARBONATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 554 – 13 – 2
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL
CATEGORY
TRADE Lithium carbonate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Li2CO3
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 73,89 g / mole
WEIGHT

PH 11.2
RANGE
BOILING 1310
POINT ( C )

MELTING 720
POINT ( C )
SPECIFIC 2.11
GRAVITY ( Water:1 )
SOLUBILITY Partially, soluble in cold and hot water.
LITHIUM
CARBONATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Granular solid
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes irritation less. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Lithium hydroxide is the most widely used thickening


agent in multipurpose greases for automotive and
industrial lubrications.
APPLICATIONS

Lithium carbonate is a key component in the


formulation of the ceramic glass used in flat-top
cooking ranges, reducing the thermal expansion
coefficient of the glass and thus making it resistant to
high temperatures.

** 487 **
LONG OIL
ALKYD RESIN

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 68333 – 62 – 0
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Paints
CATEGORY
TRADE Long oil alkyd resin
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

SPECIFIC 0.90
GRAVITY
FLASH 38
POINT ( C )

ALKYD % 50 – 60
RESIN
BOILING 160 - 200
POINT ( C )
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water. Soluble organic solvents
LONG OIL
ALKYD RESIN

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Clear liquid
COLOR Pale yellow
ODOR It has a characteristic odor.
AID It causes irritation less. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Alkyd resins are important ingredients in many


synthetic paints, varnishes and enamels and find also
applications as thermosetting plastics that can be
molded. The principal applications are furniture and
architectural coatings, product finishes, special-
purpose coatings and automotive refinishing primers.
APPLICATIONS Alkyd-amino resin blends are probably the most
important group of alkyd resins.

Many industrial baking enamels, such as those for


appliances, coil coatings, and automotive finishes, are
based on alkyd-amino resin blends. Chlorinated
rubber is often used in combination with medium oil
drying-type alkyds. The principal applications are
highway traffic paints, concrete floor, and swimming
pool paints. Applications of alkyd modified silicon
resins include heat-resistant paints, and marine
coatings and insulation varnishes.

** 489 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

M
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


MAGNESIUM
CARBONATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 23389 – 33 – 5
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Food and medical agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Magnesium carbonate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL MgCO3
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 84.3 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING 662
POINT ( C )
BOILING Not specified
POINT ( C )

PH 8
RANGE
DENSITY 2.950 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Slightly soluble in water.
MAGNESIUM
CARBONATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Crystal
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

MgCO3 is also used in flooring, fireproofing,


fire extinguishing compositions, cosmetics,
dusting powder, and toothpaste. Other
applications are as filler material, smoke
APPLICATIONS suppressant in plastics, a reinforcing agent in
neoprene rubber, drying agent, a laxative to
loosen the bowels, and color retention in
foods. In addition, high purity magnesium
carbonate is used as antacid and as an
additive in table salt to keep it free flowing.
Magnesium carbonate is fortunately both very
safe and extremely abundant. It can be
acquired easily and cheaply and is relatively
safe to handle as long as one is careful not to
get it in the eyes, where it is an irritant.

** 491 **
MAGNESIUM
HYDROXIDE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 1309 – 42 – 8
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Magnesium source
CATEGORY
TRADE Magnesium hydroxide powder
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mg ( OH )2
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 58.32 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING 350
POINT ( C )
BOILING Not specified
POINT ( C )

PH Not specified
RANGE
DENSITY 2.360 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Slightly soluble in water.
MAGNESIUM
HYDROXIDE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes an irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Magnesium is a naturally occurring mineral.


Magnesium is important for many systems in
APPLICATIONS the body especially the muscles and nerves.
Magnesium hydroxide also reduces stomach
acid, and increases water in the intestines
which may induce defecation.

Magnesium hydroxide is used as a laxative to


relieve occasional constipation (irregularity)
and as an antacid to relieve indigestion, sour
stomach, and heartburn.

** 493 **
MAGNESIUM
OXIDE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 1309 – 48 – 4
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial and food ingredient
CATEGORY
FOOD E 530
E CODE
TRADE Magnesium oxide
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL MgO
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 40.30 g / cm3
WEIGHT

MELTING 2800
POINT ( C )
BOILING 3600
POINT ( C )

PH Not specified
RANGE
DENSITY 3.600 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Slightly soluble in water.
MAGNESIUM
OXIDE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Magnesium oxide, known for its food code


E 530, with chemical formula MgO and 40.3
APPLICATIONS g / mole molecular weight of the white,
odorless and which is a raw material in
powder form.

Magnesium oxide, are quite raw materials


used in industrial fields, in the food industry,
as anti-agglomeration agents and acidic
agent.

** 495 **
MAGNESIUM
SILICATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 1343 – 88 – 0
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial and food ingredient
CATEGORY
FOOD E 553
E CODE
TRADE Magnesium silicate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL MgO:SiO2(x)H2O
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Not specified
WEIGHT

MELTING 1910
POINT ( C )
BOILING Not specified
POINT ( C )

PH Not specified
RANGE
DENSITY 2.100 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
MAGNESIUM
SILICATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder or crystal
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Magnesium silicate, known by E 553 food


code is an odorless white crystal and raw
materials. Melting point is quite high.
Insoluble in water.
APPLICATIONS
Magnesium silicate, as well as use in different
industrial sector, in the food industry and, in
particular, the dough baking soda in the
production, as additives in table salt
manufacturing and inhibiting agglomeration of
the vanilla powder, spice mixes and in many
food powder form production are used as
additives anti-caking.

** 497 **
MAGNESIUM SULFATE
MONOHYDRATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 14168 – 73 – 1
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Inorganic salt
CATEGORY
TRADE Magnesium sulfate monohydrate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL MgSO4.H2O
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 138.38 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING 150
POINT ( C )
BOILING Not specified
POINT ( C )

PH Not specified
RANGE
DENSITY 1.670 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
MAGNESIUM SULFATE
MONOHYDRATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Magnesium sulphate monohydrate, known for


its food code E 518 , with MgSO4.H2O
chemical formula and 138.38 g / mole
APPLICATIONS molecular weight of the white, odorless and
which is a raw material in powder form.

Magnesium sulphate monohydrate is quite a


raw material used in the industrial field and in
the food industry, it has endurance-enhancing
properties of nutritional supplements and
canned.

** 499 **
MANGANESE
OCTOATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 13434 – 24 – 7
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Paints and oxidant
CATEGORY
TRADE Manganese Octoate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

MELTING / FREEZING
POINT ( C )
IGNITION 230
TEMPERATURE ( C )

FLASH 40
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.897 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble and miscible with water.
MANGANESE
OCTOATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Brown
ODOR It has a characteristic a odor slightly.
AID It causes irritation less. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Manganese Octoate is mainly used in exterior paints,


APPLICATIONS
floor finishes, backing enamels and in the paints
where colour is not a constraint. It is a very stable
auxiliary drier. It is an active drier metal and strong
oxidant, promotes polymerization to a greater degree
than cobalt.

** 501 **
MELAMINE
SULFONATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL
CATEGORY
TRADE Melamine sulfonate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

MELTING / FREEZING
POINT ( C )
PH 8 - 11
RANGE

FLASH
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.12 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in the water.
MELAMINE
SULFONATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear
ODOR It has a characteristic a odor slightly.
AID It causes irritation less. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

1 - High strength concrete, high fluidity concrete,


high duration concrete, aluminate cement refractory
concrete, low cement refractory concrete, steam
curing concrete
APPLICATIONS
2 - High strength mortar, gypsum products, self-
flowing ground, stuffing materials, grouting materials

3 - Be used as the brightened agent for


manufacturing the colored road brick and the tunnel
liner

4 - Especially be used as the dispersion agent in the


dry mixing powder material

** 503 **
METHYL
ALCOHOL

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 67 – 56 – 1
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Solvent
CATEGORY
TRADE Methyl alcohol
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL CH3OH
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 32.04 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING -97.5
POINT ( C )
BOILING 64.5
POINT ( C )

PH Not specified
RANGE
DENSITY 0.795 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water
METHYL
ALCOHOL

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR A characteristic alcohol odor.
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Methyl alcohol, It has a peculiar odor in liquid


form, a transparent and colorless character is
APPLICATIONS an organic solvent raw material. A poisonous
alcohol.

Methyl Alcohol, including in particular


detergent, industrial products and solvents
used as raw materials in some help.
Generally, due to its low freezing point, used
as anti-icing and ice cold pile in relief.

** 505 **
METHYL
CELLULOSE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 9004 – 67 – 5
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Thickener
CATEGORY
TRADE Methyl cellulose ( MC )
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

MELTING 290
POINT ( C )
PH 7
RANGE

FLASH
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.950 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in the water.
METHYL
CELLULOSE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Granular solid
COLOR Grayish white
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Methylcellulose is a cellulosic gum that will form a


clear viscous gel when hot (meaning it melts as it
APPLICATIONS cools!). Cellulosic gums are a unique group of
hydrocolloids made from plant-derived cellulose.

This compound is the main component of cell walls,


giving them their toughness (think: cotton, wood,
etc.). Methylcellulose F50, like all varieties of the F
series, is excellent for making foams, puddings, and
whipped toppings.

** 507 **
METHYL ETHYL
KETONE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 78 – 93 – 3
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Solvent
CATEGORY
TRADE Methyl ethyl ketone
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C4H8O
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 72.11 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING -86
POINT ( C )
BOILING 78.6
POINT ( C )

PH Not specified
RANGE
DENSITY 0.805 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Partially soluble in water
METHYL ETHYL
KETONE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR A characteristic odor.
AID It causes an irritation slightly. In contact, wash
MEASURES plenty of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Methyl ethyl ketone, ketone-type active


organic solvents. Phenolic alkyd, in systems
APPLICATIONS containing vinyl resin in cellulosic system;
used in paint removers and adhesives.

It also has a professional cleaning and


maintenance products for use in the food and
beverage industry. Food is used as a carrier
in food flavorings used in industry.

** 509 **
METHYLETHYL KETOXIME
MEKO

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 96 – 29 – 7
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Varnish and ink additivies
CATEGORY
TRADE Methylethyl ketone oxime ( MEKO )
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C4H9NO
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 87.12 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING Not specified


POINT ( C )
FLASH 60
POINT ( C )

BOILING 70
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.920 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Very slightly soluble in the water.
METHYLETHYL KETOXIME
MEKO

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Colorless
ODOR It has a characteristic odor.
AID It causes an irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Methylethyl ketoxime ( MEKO ) is an essential


additive and an ideal anti-skinning agent for all
paints, varnishes and printing inks.

APPLICATIONS The recommended dosage very much depends on


the paint or varnish formulation but as a rule
1.0 - 2,0% based on vehicle solids (oil and resin
portion of the paint formulation, also known as
binder portion) is very effective in most cases.

Methylethyl ketoxime ( MEKO ) should be added


during the thin down operation. For convenience of
addition, MEKO can be diluted with the normally
used solvents.

** 511 **
METHYLENE
CHLORIDE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 75 – 09 – 2
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Construction solvents
CATEGORY
TRADE Methylene chloride
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL CH2CL2
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 84.93 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING -96.7
POINT ( C )
SPECIFIC 1.32
GRAVITY

BOILING 39.75
POINT ( C )
DENSITY Not specified
SOLUBILITY Very slightly soluble in the water.
METHYLENE
CHLORIDE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Colorless
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes an irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Methylene Chloride is a colourless, neutral liquid


heavier than water and of characteristic narcotic
odour. It is completely miscible with almost all organic
solvents but only sparingly with water. It has excellent
solvency power to most organic chemicals and
APPLICATIONS materials.

Methylene Chloride is used as solvent for the


synthesis of chemicals and pharmaceuticals,
production of polycarbonates and cellulose triacetate
(for films and fibres), metal degreasing (surface
treatment) and paint removal, as extraction solvent in
the food industry (removal of caffeine from unroasted
coffee beans and tea) and as laboratory solvent.

** 513 **
MICA
POWDER

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mineral
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Construction filler
CATEGORY
TRADE Mica powder
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mineral
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mineral
WEIGHT

PH 10
RANGE
SPECIFIC 2.80
GRAVITY

MOISTURE 0.35
%
DENSITY Not specified
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in the water.
MICA
POWDER

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White or off – White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Mica powder in various forms is obtained by


grinding/breaking mica scrap, which is a slow, costly
and extremely complicated process, because of the
scrap being tough and having a plate like structure.
APPLICATIONS We take meticulous care and precaution that there is
no deterioration in its natural brilliance, color and
properties. Our factories for processing varities of
mica powder are fully equipped with latest
pulverisers.

It is used in Welding Electrodes, Cables and Wires,


Foundry Works, Texture Paints, Accoustical Plaster,
Ceiling Tiles, Plastics.

** 515 **
MONOETHYENE
GLYCOL

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 107 – 21 - 1
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Antifreeze agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Monoethylene glycol ( meg )
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C2H6O2
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 62 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING -12
POINT ( C )
BOILING 197
POINT ( C )

FLASH 111
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.120 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water
MONOETHYLENE
GLYCOL

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR A characteristic odor.
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Monoethylene glycol, which has its own


smell, transparent and colorless, slightly
APPLICATIONS viscous liquid is a raw form.

Monoethylene glycol, automotive glass of


water in the detergent industry, and especially
car care products used as raw materials for
production for the production of antifreeze
and cars. Moreover, this raw material is used
in many industrial fields.

** 517 **
MONOPROPYLENE
GLYCOL

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 57 – 55 - 6
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Skin moisture agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Monopropylene glycol
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C3H8O2
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 76.09 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING Not specified


POINT ( C )
BOILING 185
POINT ( C )

FLASH 104
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.030 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water
MONOPROPYLENE
GLYCOL

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash plenty
MEASURES of water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place
Monopropylene glycol, are widely use in the
formulation of the bakery product. Aromas
and essences in the industry, medicine, and
is used in cosmetics. (In the form of technical
quality, it is an important material for
polyurethane plastics and polyester resins. In
APPLICATIONS the tobacco industry, is also used in the food
industry for the lubrication of machine
freezer).Mouth washer (mouthwash), tooth
pastes, ointments, skin creams, shampoos
and perfumes (too much even when diluted
with water solutions containing propylene
glycol usually remains clear) Emulsion
formation as a preservative in cosmetics,
Fragrances (essences) as a solvent for, as an
extract in active agent to obtain extracts from
natural sources, as a lubricant (eg for
machinery used in the cosmetics industry) it
is used.

** 519 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

N
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


NAPHTHALENE
SULFONATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 532 – 02 - 5
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Dispersing agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Naphthalene sulfonate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C10H7NaO3S
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 230.22 g / mole
WEIGHT

SOLID % 92.6
CONTENT
Na2 SO4 12
CONTENT

PH 8
RANGE
DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Soluble in water


NAPHTHALENE
SULFONATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR Brown or yellow
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Sodium naphthalene Sulfonate - Sodium Salt of


naphthalene Sulfonate is used as raw material in the
production of admixtures for the construction
industry. It is one of the basic ingredients for
formulation of chemical admixtures for concrete and
APPLICATIONS mortars.

It has a powerful dispersing action on concrete. The


main application of Sodium naphthalene Sulfonate is
the production of admixtures for ready-mixed
concrete. Sodium naphthalene Sulfonate in a powder
form is used in the preparation of dry mortars. The
use of admixtures based on Sodium naphthalene
Sulfonate for the production of flowing concrete
reduces the water/cement ratio and consequently
increases the strength of the hardened material.

** 521 **
NITRIC
ACID

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 7697 – 37 – 2
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Strong acid
CATEGORY
TRADE Nitric acid
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL HNO3
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 63.01 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING -42
POINT ( C )
BOILING 83
POINT ( C )

PH 1
RANGE
DENSITY 1.510 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water
NITRIC
ACID

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes an irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Nitric Acid is available in many areas of


opportunity for industrial use. Among the
APPLICATIONS major sectors, the paper industry, metal
industry, textile industry and refinements can
be counted.

Nitric Acid, also in the production of fertilizers,


explosives, also used in the pH adjustment
and electro-polishing works.

** 523 **
NITROCELLULOSE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 9004 – 70 – 0
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Adhesive agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Nitrocellulose
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

MELTING 165
POINT ( C )
SPECIFIC 1.66
GRAVITY

PH Not specified
RANGE
DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water


NITROCELLULOSE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Solid
COLOR Brown or yellow
ODOR It has a characteristic odor
AID It causes an irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Wood finishing increases a protective layer to bare


wood. Nitrocellulose lacquer has been popular
alternative for providing hard and glossy finish. It
provides long durability and effective protection to
many wood applications such as music instrument
and furniture.
APPLICATIONS
Nitrocellulose lacquer does no harm to people’s
health and the environments. However, nitrocellulose
lacquer should be used with solvents which will
release toxic fumes and toxins to the air. Brush is
often used to avoid this complication instead of
spray-on application.
As main raw material, our state-of-art nitrocellulose
cotton supplied will guarantee the quality of wood
lacquer. Nitrocellulose lacquer is often applied to
metal, wood, instruments and furniture.

** 525 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

O
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


OLEIC
ACID

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 112 – 80 – 1
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Fatty acid
CATEGORY
TRADE Oleic acid
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C18H34O2
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 282.47 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING 17
POINT ( C )
BOILING 286
POINT ( C )

FLASH Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.840 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water. Soluble in methyl alcohol
OLEIC
ACID

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Viscous liquid oily.
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR A characteristic oily odor.
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

APPLICATIONS
Oleic acid is used as raw material for
producing soap. Textile and leather also help
in the detergent manufacturing, ink
manufacturing, amine as a lubricant agent is
used in ceramics and paper industry

** 527 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

P
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


PATTERN
STONE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mineral stone
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Construction filler
CATEGORY
TRADE Pattern stones
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mineral
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mineral
WEIGHT

MELTING Not specified


POINT ( C )
BOILING Not specified
POINT ( C )

FLASH Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.


PATTERN
STONE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Solid
COLOR White and grey
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Pattern stone is natural stone or rock that has been


selected and finished (i.e, trimmed, cut, drilled,
ground, or other) to specific sizes or shapes. Color,
APPLICATIONS texture and pattern, and surface finish of the stone
are also normal requirements.

Another important selection criterion is durability: the


time measure of the ability of dimension stone to
endure and to maintain its essential and distinctive
characteristics of strength, resistance to decay, and
appearance.

** 529 **
PEG 40
HYDROGENATED CASTOR OIL

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 61788 – 85 – 0
NUMBER
GENERAL Cosmetic and detergent ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL emulsifier
CATEGORY
TRADE Peg 40 hydrogenated castor oil
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Not specified
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Not specified
WEIGHT

MELTING Not specified


POINT ( C )
PH 6–7
RANGE

FLASH 170
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.125 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water
PEG 40
HYDROGENATED CASTOR OIL

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Viscous liquid
COLOR Yellow or brown
ODOR A characterisitic odor.
AID It causes an irritation slightly.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

PEG 40 Hydrogenated Castor Oil, with its


own peculiar smell, it is a solid cake or oily
APPLICATIONS ingredient.

PEG 40 Hydrogenated Castor Oil, in many


industrial products, especially detergents and
emulsifiers used in particular in the oil to
emulsify.

** 531 **
PERLITE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 93763 – 70 – 3
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Construction filler
CATEGORY
TRADE Perlite
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mineral
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mineral
WEIGHT

MELTING 1150
POINT ( C )
SPECIFIC 2.33
GRAVITY

PH 6–9
RANGE
DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.


PERLITE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Solid – powder - granular
COLOR White and grey
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Perlite is used in soil mixes (including soilless


mediums) to improve aeration and modify the soil
substructure, keeping it loose, well-draining and
defying compaction. A premium mix of one part loam,
one part peat moss, and one part perlite is optimum
for container growing, enabling the pot to hold just
APPLICATIONS enough water and oxygen.

Perlite is also great for rooting cuttings and fosters


much stronger root formation than those grown in
water alone. Take your cuttings and place them in a
Ziploc bag of moistened perlite, about one-third full of
perlite. Put the cut ends of the cuttings up to the node
into the perlite and then fill the bag with air and seal
it. Put the air-filled bag in indirect sunlight and check
it after two or three weeks for root formation. The
cuttings can be planted when the roots are ½ to 1
inch long.

** 533 **
PHOSPHORIC
ACID

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 7664 – 38 – 2 + 7732 – 18 – 5
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Inorganic acid
CATEGORY
TRADE Phosphoric acid
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL H3PO4
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

PH Acidic
RANGE
BOILING 158
POINT ( C )

MELTING 21
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.10 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water completely.
PHOSPHORIC
ACID

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Colorless and clear
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes an irritation. In contact, wash more
MEASURES water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Phosphoric acid, also known as


orthophosphoric acid, is one of the most
widely known and used acids. It is a mineral
acid that contains three atoms of hydrogen,
APPLICATIONS one atom of phosphorus, and four atoms of
oxygen.

Thus, the chemical formula of phosphoric


acid is H3PO4. This is an important acid
which has a wide range of uses. In the
following sections, we will find out what all
phosphoric acid is used for.

** 535 **
PIGMENT
PASTE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Color matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Color agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Pigment paste
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

MELTING Not specifeid


POINT ( C )
SPECIFIC 1.5
GRAVITY

PH 7
RANGE
DENSITY Not specified
SOLUBILITY Water based paste soluble in water. Solvent
based paste not soluble in the water
PIGMENT
PASTE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Paste
COLOR Different colors
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Pigment Paste caters to diverse needs of paper,


plastic, textile industry sectors. Made by dispersing
dry pigment powders in unsaturated polyester resin,
these are used for coloring of Fiberglass Reinforced
Plastics. Manufactured from quality raw materials,
APPLICATIONS these Textile Pigment Pastes are best available
choices and can be offered in shades like Black,
Blue, Orange, Red and others. We offer these in
different packaging choices.

APPLİCATİONS

 Plastic Industries
 Textile Industries
 Leather Industries
 Paper Industries

** 537 **
PROPYLENE
FIBER

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Polymer
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Polymer matter
CATEGORY
TRADE Propylene fiber
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Polymer
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Polymer
WEIGHT

MELTING Not specifeid


POINT ( C )
SPECIFIC Not specified
GRAVITY

PH Not specified
RANGE
DENSITY Not specified
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water
PROPYLENE
FIBER

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Solid
COLOR Different colors
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Mono-Pro is uniquely developed plastic shrinkage


reinforcement for concrete. With approximately 100
million, 0.75” long fibers in the engineered dose of
0.50 pcy, Mono-Pro is capable of actually reducing
plastic shrinkage cracking by up to 25% more than
APPLICATIONS conventional monofilament fibers at 1.0 pcy dosage
rates.
TYPICAL APPLICATIONS

 Residential slabs-on-ground
 Commercial slabs-on-ground
 Stucco
 Dry packaged cement based products
 Precast products
 Pools and pool decks
 Water retention tanks

** 539 **
POLYMER
POWDER

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Construction and adhesive agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Polymer powder
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

MELTING Not specified


POINT ( C )
SPECIFIC
GRAVITY

PH 6–8
RANGE
DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.


POLYMER
POWDER

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place
Tile Adhesives: For thin-bed tile adhesives with
good frost resistance. we recommend using 1-5% M-
RDP and about 0.2-0.6% of cellulose ether or other
appropriate cellulose derivatives as water retention
agent and if necessary, organic fibers to reduce
slump. To obtain Adhesives with greater plasticity,
the proportion of redispersible powder should be
increased, the amount of cement reduced.
APPLICATIONS
Self-Leveling Compounds: polymer powder is
suitable for modifying self leveling flooring
compounds. It is thoroughly compatible with all
commonly-used super-plasticizers, such as
condensation products of melamine sulphonic acid
and naphthalene sulphonic acid or lignin
sulphonates. Addition of the dispersion powder
improves adhesion, abrasion resistance, flexural
strength, workability and the flow properties of the
compounds. Polymer powder is especially suitable for
use in self leveling flooring compounds which it
contain casein.

** 541 **
POLYMETHYL
METHACRYLATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 9011 – 14 – 7
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Construction and paint agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Polymethyl methacrylate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

MELTING 150
POINT ( C )
SPECIFIC Not specified
GRAVITY

IGNITION 305
TEMPERATURE
DENSITY 1.18 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
POLYMETHYL
METHACRYLATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

The automotive market makes use of PMMA in


applications such as rear light indicators and
dashboard covers.
APPLICATIONS

Related key features that make PMMA ideal for such


applications include:
 Optical properties
 Weathering resistance
 High transparency and clarity
 Scratch resistance
 Chemical resistance
 Colorability

** 543 **
POLYVINYL ALCOHOL
PVA

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 9002 – 89 – 5
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Adhesive agent
CATEGORY
TRADE PVA
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Polymer
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Polymer
WEIGHT

MELTING 200
POINT ( C )
SPECIFIC 1.20
GRAVITY

BOILING
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.050 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in the water.
POLYVINYL ALCOHOL
PVA

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder or granular
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Polyvinyl alcohol has various applications in the food


industries as a binding and coating agent. It is a film
coating agent specially in applications where
moisture barrier/ protection properties are required.
As a component of tablet coating formulations
intended for products including food supplement
APPLICATIONS tablets, Polyvinyl alcohol protects the active
ingredients from moisture, oxygen and other
environmental components, while simultaneously
masking their taste and odor.

It allows for easy handling of finished product and


facilitates ingestion and swallowing. The viscosity of
Polyvinyl alcohol allows for the application of the
Polyvinyl alcohol coating agents to tablets, capsules
and other forms to which film coatings are typically
applied at relatively high solids contents.

** 545 **
PORTLAND
CEMENT

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Construction agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Portland cement
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

MELTING Not specified


POINT ( C )
SPECIFIC
GRAVITY

PH Not specifed
RANGE
DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Miscible with water.


PORTLAND
CEMENT

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White and grey
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

There are about 70 varieties of cement and available


in powder, paste and liquid form but we are only
concerned here with constructional cement
commonly known as Portland cement. (Portland is
APPLICATIONS
the town in South England where cement was
originally made)

Portland Cement is used in concrete, precast, and


masonry products for a multitude of construction
projects including high-rise office buildings, roadway
bridges and pavements, residential foundations and
driveways, water collection and treatment facilities,
and airport structures.

** 547 **
POTASSIUM
ACETATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 127 – 8 - 2
NUMBER
GENERAL Food ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Potassium acetate salt
CATEGORY
TRADE Potassium acetate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C2H3KO2
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 98.14
WEIGHT

PH 7–9
RANGE
BOILING Not specified
POINT ( C )

MELTING 292
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.60 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Partially soluble in water.
POTASSIUM
ACETATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Crystal
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless.
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash more
MEASURES water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Potassium acetate is a food preservative


which is a white crystalline color and slight
characteristic odor. Potassium acetate is
known in the food industry with E 261 food
APPLICATIONS code. PH range of 7-9 and having a melting
point of 292 C. which is a water-soluble food
preservatives comfortable.

Potassium acetate, is used as a food


preservative as well as an acidity regulator.

Potassium acetate is also used in antifreeze


and de-icing agent in detergent and industrial
areas.

** 549 **
POTASSIUM
CARBONATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 584 – 08 – 7
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Agricultural agent and PH adjuster
CATEGORY
TRADE Potassium carbonate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL K2CO3
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 138.21 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING 891
POINT ( C )
SPECIFIC 2.29
GRAVITY

FLASH Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY

SOLUBILITY Soluble in water


POTASSIUM
CARBONATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes an irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Potassium carbonate, K2CO3, appears as a white


powder or as colorless solid crystal and has a salty
taste. Also known as potash or pearl ash, it may be
used in pharmaceutical laboratories as a drying agent
APPLICATIONS or as a source of potassium. It also used in fire
extinguishers, to make soap, to make glass, and to
soften water.

It is also found in effervescent tablets. Effervescent


tablets and powders are available to provide
potassium when there are low levels of potassium in
the blood due to inadequate diet, nausea and
vomiting, diarrhea or use of certain medications such
as corticosteroids or diuretics. They dissolve quickly,
are stable, convenient and easy to carry.

** 551 **
POTASSIUM
HYDROXIDE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 1310 – 58 – 3
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial and detergent ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Caustic potash
CATEGORY
TRADE Potassium hydroxide
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL KOH
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 56.11
WEIGHT

PH 13
RANGE
BOILING 1384
POINT ( C )

MELTING 380
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 2.050 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
POTASSIUM
HYDROXIDE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Crystal or payet
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless.
AID It causes an irritation. In contact, wash more
MEASURES water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Potassium hydroxide, chemical compound with


formula KOH. Pure potassium hydroxide forms white,
deliquescent crystals. For commercial and laboratory
use it is usually in the form of white pellets. A strong
base, it dissolves readily in water, giving off much
APPLICATIONS
heat and forming a strongly alkaline, caustic solution.

It is commonly called caustic potash. It closely


resembles sodium hydroxide in its chemical
properties and has similar uses, e.g, in making soap,
in bleaching, and in manufacturing chemicals, but is
less widely used because of its higher cost.

** 553 **
POTASSIUM
SULFATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 7778 – 80 – 5
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial and agriculture ingredient
CATEGORY
E FOOD E 515
CODE
TRADE Potassium sulfate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL K2SO4
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 174.25
WEIGHT

PH 13 – 13,5
RANGE
BOILING 1689
POINT ( C )

MELTING 1067
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 2.66 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Partially soluble in water.
POTASSIUM
SULFATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Crystal
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless.
AID It causes no irritation. In contact, wash more
MEASURES water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Potassium Sulphate, most potatoes, tobacco,


vegetables, fruit, citrus fruits, beans, corn, cotton,
sugar beet and used in greenhouses. the leaves of
the plant is not given enough potassium sulfate
APPLICATIONS yellow or reddish brown spots appear. In irrigated
agriculture and in rainy regions are common to
potassium deficiency.

poor in organic matter, potassium sulfate should be


given the sandy soil. Acid is featured for many years
in the soil acidity increases if used continuously.
When used in the acid soil to be administered in an
amount of lime to the soil. Also meets the needs of
sulfur within the plant is found in sulfur.

** 555 **
PUMICE
POWDER

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mineral
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Construction filler
CATEGORY
TRADE Pumice powder
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mineral
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mineral
WEIGHT

MELTING 1600
POINT ( C )
SiO2 74.13
%

AL2O3 11.8
%
Fe2O3 1.4
%
SOLUBILITY Insoluble with water.
PUMICE
POWDER

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White and grey
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

APPLICATIONS Pumice is widely used as an industrial abrasive


where the protection of the surface is critical. Various
grades and blended grades of pumice are used to:
Polish glass, clean and texturize electronic circuit
boards, clean lithographic plates, prepare metal
surfaces for electroplating, buff leather and fine
furniture woods, act as a tumbling media for things
like buttons, cutlery, small metal or plastic parts.

** 557 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

R
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


RAPID
ALKYD RESIN

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Paint agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Rapid alkyd resin
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

OIL TYPE Sun flower oil faty acid

OIL % 27
LENGHT

PA % 34
CONTENT
SOLID CONTENT % 60
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
RAPID
ALKYD RESIN

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Viscous liquid
COLOR Yellow or colorless
ODOR It has a characteristic odor
AID It causes an irritation less.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Applıcatıon and propertıes

APPLICATIONS - fast dryıng ındustrıal paınt suıtable for hammerton


paınts

- hıgh gloss wıth good elastıcıty and hardness

- good yellowıng resıstance

**559 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

S
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


SHORT OIL
ALKYD RESIN

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Paint agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Short oil alkyd resin
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

OIL TYPE Coco oil fatty acid

OIL % 35
LENGHT

SOLID % 70
CONTENT
DENSITY 1.050 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water. Soluble in organic solvents
SHORT OIL
ALKYD RESIN

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Viscous liquid
COLOR Yellow or colorless
ODOR It has a characteristic odor
AID It causes an irritation less.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

• Producing of oven drying paints, cellulosic


varnishes and paints.
APPLICATIONS
• Mixable with nitrocellose, amino ve urea resins.

• High yellowing resistance ; permanent colour and


gloss.

• Does not chalking over time.

** 561 **
SILICA
SAND

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mineral
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Construction filler
CATEGORY
TRADE Silica sand
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mineral
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mineral
WEIGHT

SAND 64
%
FELDSPAT % 3.5
%

SODA ASH 23.8


%
BORAX % 1.9
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
SILICA
SAND

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Powder and granular
COLOR White or gray
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritationi
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Commercial Silica Sand is widely used as a


proppant by companies involved in oil and natural
gas recovery in conventional and unconventional
APPLICATIONS resource plays. The resource is also used in
industrial processing to make everyday items such as
glass, construction materials, personal care products,
electronics, and even renewable materials.

Industrial sand is a term normally applied to high


purity silica sand products with closely controlled
sizing. It is a more precise product than common
concrete and asphalt gravels.

** 563 **
SILICONE
EMULSION

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Construction, paint and polish
CATEGORY
TRADE Silicone emulsion
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

MELTING 0
POINT ( C )
BOILING 100
POINT ( C )

PH 8–9
RANGE
VISCOSITY 1.050 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
SILICONE
EMULSION

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR White
ODOR Mild
AID It causes no irritationi
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Silicone emulsion products comprise (a) water


typically at least 40%, (b) silicone (typically 55%) and
APPLICATIONS the remainder surfactant to make an emulsion. The
fact that the silicone is contained in an emulsion by
necessity requires that the delivery be from a micelle.

Since there is an equilibrium that exists between the


silicone on the substrate, like fabric, fiber, metal,
rubber, hair or skin, and the silicone in the emulsion,
much of the silicone ends up in the wash water.

** 565 **
SODIUM
CARBONATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 497 – 19 – 8
NUMBER
GENERAL Detergent and industrial ingredients
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Strong base agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Sodium carbonate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL NaCO3
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 105.99
WEIGHT

MELTING 851
POINT ( C )
PH 11 – 12
RANGE

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY 2.54 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water
SODIUM
CARBONATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes an irritation. In contact, wash more
MEASURES water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place
Especially for the bleaching of linen cloth.
Sodium carbonate ions into carbonate
hardness that water away from the
precipitating environment. In this way it is
used as softener in the washing machine.
The most important chemical used in glass
APPLICATIONS production. Soda Blasting is raised to very
high combined heat and cooled suddenly and
glass is produced.
The reactive dyes used in the textile industry
are used to create the bond between dye and
fiber, sodium carbonate. Food additive as
acidity regulators, anti-caking agent and acts
as stabilizer. Sherbet powder used in the
production. Acts as a wetting agent in brick-
making, in this way the need for less water
while the extruded clay.

** 567 **
SODIUM
GLUCONATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 527 – 07 - 1
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Chelating agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Sodium gluconate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL CH2OH(CHOH)4COONa
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 218.14 g / mole
WEIGHT

MELTING 206
POINT ( C )
SPECIFIC 0.8
GRAVITY

PH 10
RANGE
VISCOSITY Not specified
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
SODIUM
GLUCONATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Solid and crystalline powder
COLOR White near yellow
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes an irritation less.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Sodium gluconate is the sodium salt of gluconic acid,


produced by fermentation of glucose. It is a white to
tan, granular to fine, crystalline powder, very soluble
in water. Non corrosive, non-toxic and readily
APPLICATIONS biodegradable (98 % after 2 days), sodium gluconate
is more and more appreciated as chelating agent.

The outstanding property of sodium gluconate is its


excellent chelating power, especially in alkaline and
concentrated alkaline solutions. It forms stable
chelates with calcium, iron, copper, aluminium and
other heavy metals, and in this respect, it surpasses
all other chelating agents, such as EDTA, NTA and
related compounds.

** 569 **
SODIUM
HEGZAMETAPHOSPHATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 10124 – 56 – 8
NUMBER
GENERAL Detergent and industrial ingredients
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL sequestering
CATEGORY
TRADE Sodium hegzametaphosphate ( SHMP )
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Na6P6O18
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 611.77
WEIGHT

MELTING 628
POINT ( C )
PH Not specified
RANGE

BOILING 1500
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 2.48 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water
SODIUM
HEGZAMETAPHOSPHATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Crystal or powder
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

SHMP, powder or granular form and does not


APPLICATIONS smell, is a solid raw material in white.

SHMP, including in particular detergent, ions


are used as raw materials in industrial
cleaning helps holder and many other areas.
It also finds use in the field because of the
water softening properties.

** 571 **
SODIUM
HYDROXIDE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 1310 – 73 – 2
NUMBER
GENERAL Detergent and industrial ingredients
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Strong alkaline
CATEGORY
TRADE Sodium hydroxide
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL NaOH
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 39.99
WEIGHT

MELTING 318
POINT ( C )
PH 14
RANGE

BOILING 1390
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 2.100 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water
SODIUM
HYDROXIDE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Payet
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes an irritation. In contact, wash more
MEASURES water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Sodium hydroxide, sequins and beads in the


form of a solid, odorless and white in an
alkaline materials.
APPLICATIONS

Sodium hydroxide, including in particular


detergent, paper industry, textile, chemical,
used in car maintenance products and pool
chemicals. usually uses in adjusting pH is
alkaline product is quite a lot.

** 573 **
SODIUM
SULFATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 7757 – 82 – 6
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredients
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Oxidizing or reducing agents
CATEGORY
TRADE Sodium sulfate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Na2SO4
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 142.04
WEIGHT

MELTING 880
POINT ( C )
PH 7–8
RANGE

BOILING 1100
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 2.670 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water
SODIUM
SULFATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder or granular
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place
Sodium sulphate, is the most important use of
the detergent industry is. Sodium sulfate, is
included as filler in the formulation of powder
and granular solid detergent. Detergents
contain an average of about 16% sodium
sulfate, but this rate is up to 40'y% in some
formulas. Sodium sulfate used in the
APPLICATIONS
production rate of the detergent, affects the
cost of the detergent and bleaching degrees.
Natural sodium sulfate has an ideal filling
function does not mold is inert and inexpensive.
Diluents and provides good flow
characteristics, colloidal properties of the
cleaned soil will increase the effectiveness of
detergent making stable. It also allows the
realization of the best washing up the micelles
by reducing the power of the critical
concentration.

** 575 **
SODIUM
TRIPOLYPHOSPHATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 7758 – 29 – 4
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial detergent ingredients
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL sequestrant and anticoagulant agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Sodium tripolyphosphate ( STPP )
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Na5P3O10
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 367.85
WEIGHT

MELTING 622
POINT ( C )
PH 7–8
RANGE

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY 2.52 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water
SODIUM
TRIPOLYPHOSPHATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE granular
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place
STPP, powder or granular form and does not
smell, is a solid raw material in white.

STPP, including in particular detergent, ions


are used as raw materials in industrial cleaning
helps holder and many other areas. STPP,
breaking from the hardness of the water and
APPLICATIONS dirt remover laundry, there is binding feature of
the site. STPP prevalent regular and compact
laundry detergent (powder, liquid, gel and
tablets), automatic dishwashing detergents
(powders, liquids, gels and tablets) are used in
toilet cleaners and surface cleaners.

STPP is used in industrial and institutional


cleaners. STPP also a water softener, as food
preservatives, as peptizing agents, oil wells and
cotton decoction is used as a clotting agent
disrupting the release agent.

** 577 **
SOY
LECITHIN

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 8002 – 43 - 5
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial and food ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL food agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Soy lecithin
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Neutral
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Neutral
WEIGHT

MELTING 206
POINT ( C )
SPECIFIC 1.03
GRAVITY

PH 6–8
RANGE
VISCOSITY Not specified
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water. Soluble in diether
SOY
LECITHIN

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Solid and crystalline powder
COLOR Golden to light tan, brownish
ODOR It has a characteristic neutral odor.
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Soy Lecithin, or lecithin, is commonly used to hold


emulsions together. Lecithin is a very common
ingredient in packaged foods because it is such a
APPLICATIONS great emulsifier and stabilizer.

It's also the main reason egg yolks work so well to


stabilize mayonnaise, aiolis, and sauces like
Hollandaise. In modernist cooking it is often used to
hold vinaigrettes together, create light foams and airs,
and add elasticity and moisture tolerance to doughs.

** 579 **
STYRENE
ACRYILIC BINDER

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Construction and adhesive agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Styrene acryilic binder
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

IONIC Anionic
NATURE
DRY SOLID 49
%

PH 6–7
RANGE
VISCOSITY 1.050 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
STYRENE
ACRYLIC BINDER

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR White
ODOR It has a characteristic odor.
AID It causes an irritation less.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Styrene acrylic copolymer dispersions for use in a


variety of industrial and consumer end-use
APPLICATIONS applications, including:

 architectural decorative coatings


 such construction products as ceramic tile adhesives,
fillers, putties and elastomeric roof coatings
 glass-fiber secondary binder applications, such as
wall coverings.

** 581 **
SULPHURIC
ACID

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 7664 – 93 – 9
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredients
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Strong acid
CATEGORY
TRADE Sulphuric acid
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL H2SO4
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 98.07
WEIGHT

MELTING 10
POINT ( C )
PH 1
RANGE

BOILING 337
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.84 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water
SULPHURIC
ACID

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Colorless and clear
ODOR Odorless
AID In case of contact, immediately flush skin with plenty
MEASURES of water for at least 15 minutes while removing
contaminated clothing and shoes. Cover the irritated
skin with an emollient. Cold water may be used.Wash
clothing before reuse. Thoroughly clean shoes before
reuse. Get medical attention immediately.

STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Sulfuric acid, water attracts many organic substances


and form strong exothermic reactions. sulfuric acid
APPLICATIONS dilution job to do this is very difficult and dangerous.

Among the people known as battery acid sulfuric


acid. Batteries and battery used in construction.

** 583 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

W
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


WETTING AGENT
FOR PAINTS

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction matter
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Paint agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Wetting agent
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

PH 8–9
RANGE
BOILING
POINT ( C )

MELTING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.0 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
WETTING AGENT
FOR PAINTS

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR It has a characteristic odor
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Wetting agents are chemical substances that


increase the spreading and penetrating properties of
a liquid by lowering its surface tension - that is, the
tendency of its molecules to adhere to each other at
the surface. The surface tension of a liquid is the
APPLICATIONS tendency of the molecules to bond together, and is
determined by the strength of the bonds or attraction
between the liquid molecules.

A wetting agent stretches theses bonds and


decreases the tendency of molecules to bond
together, which allows the liquid to spread more
easily across any solid surface. Wetting agents can
be made up of a variety of chemicals, all of which
have this tension-lowering effect. Wetting agent is
also known as surfactant.

** 585 **
WHEAT
STARCH

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 9005 – 25 – 8
NUMBER
GENERAL Food ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Thickness agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Wheat starch
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Natural
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Natural
WEIGHT

PH Not specified
RANGE
BOILING
POINT ( C )

MELTING Not specified


POINT ( C )
SPECIFIC GRAVITY 1.5
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
WHEAT
STARCH

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Starch is made by plants. When plants are growing


during growing season, the green leaves obtain
energy from sunlight and it is this energy that is used
to create the starch. The starch is created from a
sugar conversion, which occurs through enzymes.
APPLICATIONS
Wheat comes in a number of varieties, but are most
commonly classified as either being winter wheat or
spring wheat. Winter wheat is planted in the fall and
spring wheat is planted in the spring. There are three
ancient varieties of wheat that are still grown today:
einkorn, or Triticum monococcum; emmer, or Triticum
dicoccum; and spelt, or Triticum spelta. One of the
hard varieties of wheat, which is Triticum aestivum, is
grown primarily for bread while the hardest of the
wheat varities, which is Triticum durum, is grown
primarily for pasta products.

** 587 **
WHITE
SPIRIT

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 71 – 43 – 2 + 64742 – 82 – 1
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Solvent
CATEGORY
TRADE White spirit
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

FLASH 38
POINT ( C )
BOILING 150 – 200
POINT ( C )

MELTING 20
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.778 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Slightly soluble in water.
WHITE
SPIRIT

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Colorless
ODOR Petroleum odor
AID It causes an irritation less.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

White spirit is a very potent cleansing agent. It is


a prized solution for its versatility and effectiveness.
The substance is so strong, it can even be used as a
solvent to erase mistakes while painting or dissolve
gum or resins stuck to clothing or carpets. White spirit
APPLICATIONS is also commonly used in the automobile industry,
where it serves as a cleaning agent for car parts or
heavy machinery.

White spirit eats away at even the toughest grease


and chemical stains. Even dried paint, which
thickens, can be dissolved and easily removed with
white spirit. Additionally, white spirit can cleanse and
polish wooden furniture or floors. When combined
with cutting oil, white spirit is also an effective
lubricant for cutting threads.

** 589 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

X
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


XYLENE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 1330 – 20 – 7
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction and paint ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Solvent agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Xylene
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C6H4(CH3)2
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 106.17 g / mole
WEIGHT

SPECIFIC 0.860
GRAVITY
BOILING 138.5
POINT ( C )

MELTING -47
POINT ( C )
DENSITY Not speificed
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water. Miscible with absulote
alcohol.
XYLENE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE liquid
COLOR Clear and colorless
ODOR Sweetish
AID It causes an irritation less.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Xylene is used as a solvent in the printing, rubber,


paint and leather industries. It is found in small
amounts in airplane fuel, gasoline and cigarette
APPLICATIONS smoke.

In dentistry, xylene is used in histological laboratories


for tissue processing, staining and cover slipping and
also in endodontic retreatment as a guttapercha
solvent. Its high solvency factor allows maximum
displacement of alcohol and renders the tissue
transparent, enhancing paraffin infiltration. In staining
procedures, its excellent dewaxing and clearing
capabilities contribute to brilliantly stained slides.

** 591 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

T
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


TALC
POWDER

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 14807 – 96 – 6
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction and paint ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Filler agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Talc powder
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL 3MgO.4SiO2.H2O
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Not specified
WEIGHT

SPECIFIC 2.5
GRAVITY
BOILING Not specified
POINT ( C )

MELTING 800
POINT ( C )
DENSITY Not speificed
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water.
TALC
POWDER

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Talc powder and soapstone are two of the more


visible uses of talc, they account for a very small
fraction of talc consumption. Its hidden uses are far
more common. Talc's unique properties make it an
important ingredient for making ceramics, paint,
APPLICATIONS
paper, roofing materials, plastics, rubber,
insecticides, and many other products.

Talc is used in a wide variety of products that we see


every day. It is an important ingredient in rubber, a
filler and whitener in paint, a filler and brightening
agent in high-quality papers, and a primary ingredient
in many types of cosmetics.

** 593 **
TARTARIC
ACID

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 526 – 83 – 0
NUMBER
GENERAL Food and industrial ingredients
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Organic acid
CATEGORY
TRADE Tartaric acid
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C4H4O6
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 150.085
WEIGHT

MELTING 170
POINT ( C )
PH 2–3
RANGE

BOILING Not specified


POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.790 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water
TARTARIC
ACID

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place
Tartaric acid, tartaric acid used in various
food products such as confectionery products
and beverages; The main grape in finding
applications in a delicious beverage, grape
jam and serves as tasty tart sweet
confections acidity regulators with
APPLICATIONS marmalade. In sour hard candy apples are
used together with citric acid to give tart
cherry and other flavors. However, in many
applications, such as citric acid and tartaric
acid show a swelling effect, which is
monopotassium salt ingrediyent of cream of
tartar it is used as baking powder. These
emulsifiers in bakery outside use and
protecting mission-tartaric acid, as excipients
or carriers in the pharmaceutical industry, for
cleaning and polishing metals finds silvered
and application as chelating agents of metal
color here in mirrors.

** 595 **
TERMOPLASTIC
ACRYLIC RESIN

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Paint agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Termoplastic acrylic resin
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

SPECIFIC 1.13
GRAVITY
MOISTURE 0.65
CONTENT ( % )

ACID 3.5
NUMBER
DENSITY Not speificed
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water. Soluble in ester and
ketone.
TERMOPLASTIC
ACRYLIC RESIN

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Powder granular
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes an irritation less.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Termoplastic acrylic resin can be employed in a wide


range of inks and coatings systems, where the
increased solids or reduced solution viscosity are
desired. Typical applications include:

APPLICATIONS „ Industrial Coatings

„ Concrete Coatings

„ Marine Paints

„ Solvent based Inks

„ UV Coatings and Inks

** 597 **
TEXANOL

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 25265 – 77 – 4
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Film maker agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Texanol
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

FLASH 122
POINT ( C )
BOILING 255
POINT ( C )

MELTING -70
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 0.940 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
TEXANOL

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Colorless
ODOR Odor slightly.
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

APPLİCATİON/USES
Architectural and industrial maintenance coatings

Chemical intermediate for synthesis of ester


derivatives for plasticizers,etc.

APPLICATIONS Electrodeposition primers and coatings

Floor polishes

High-bake enamels and other solventborne coatings

Lithographic and letterpress oil-based inks

Recovery solvent in drilling muds and ore flotation


processes _ Solvent for nail polish

Solvents for cosmetics and personal care

Wood preservatives

** 599 **
TITANIUM
DIOXIDE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 13463 – 67 – 7
NUMBER
GENERAL Food and industrial ingredients
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Color white agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Titanium dioxide
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL TiO2
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 79.886
WEIGHT

MELTING 1843
POINT ( C )
PH Not specified
RANGE

BOILING 2972
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 4.30 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water. Disperable in water.
TITANIUM
DIOXIDE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
USES
APPEARANCE Powder
COLOR White
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place
Titanium dioxide synthetic food dyes in food
coloring that class food products allowed in
the codex are used in limited amounts. Ice
cream production, icy drinks, necessary in
sodas, fruit soda is used in production.

APPLICATIONS Also in the production of confectionery


products, jellies, flavored drinks, chewing gum
varieties in sugar and low-sugar, bakery
products, confectionery etc. it is used in many
food production.

Food except pharmaceuticals, cosmetics,


detergent products, car care products, in a
small amount of agricultural products,
cleaning products, colored stones, play
dough, etc. are also used for coloring many
people in contact with the product.

** 601 **
TRIETHANOLAMINE
TEA

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 102 – 71 – 6
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial and detergent ingredients
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Alkaline and Ph regulator
CATEGORY
TRADE Tea
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C6H15NO3
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 149.18
WEIGHT

MELTING 21
POINT ( C )
PH 12 – 13
RANGE

BOILING 338
POINT ( C )
DENSITY 1.125 g / cm3
SOLUBILITY Soluble in water.
TRIETHANOLAMINE
TEA

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Colorless and clear
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes an irritation. Case of contact, wash
MEASURES plenty water.
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Triethanolamine (TEA), with its distinctive


odor, viscous liquid form, transparent,
colorless or slightly yellow color is a raw
APPLICATIONS material.

Triethanolamine (TEA), to adjust PH in many


industrial products, especially detergents and
cleaning. Especially in the production of liquid
detergent used in many oil and dirt solve
solve formulas. It is also used in some
chemical raw materials into a water-based
solvent products in the agricultural sector.

** 603 **
TOLUENE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 108 – 88 – 3
NUMBER
GENERAL Industrial ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Solvent
CATEGORY
TRADE Toluene
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL C6H5CH3
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 92.14 g / mole
WEIGHT

SPECIFIC 0.8660
GRAVITY
BOILING 110.6
POINT ( C )

MELTING -95
POINT ( C )
DENSITY Not speificed
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in water. Soluble in the acetone
TOLUENE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Liquid
COLOR Colorless
ODOR Sweet and petroleum
AID It causes an irritation less.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Toluene (methylbenzene, toluol, phenylmethane) is


an aromatic hydrocarbon (C7H8) commonly used as
APPLICATIONS an industrial solvent for the manufacturing of paints,
chemicals, pharmaceuticals, and rubber.

Toluene is found in gasoline, acrylic paints,


varnishes, lacquers, paint thinners, adhesives, glues,
rubber cement, airplane glue, and shoe polish. At
room temperature, toluene is a colorless, sweet
smelling, and volatile liquid.

** 605 **
CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER
CHEM
PUBLICATIONS

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


CONSTRUCTION CHEMICALS FORMULATIONS ENCYCLOPEDIA

Z
CONSTRUCTION

CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

ENCYCLOPEDIA

SOLVER CHEM PUBLICATIONS


ZINC
CHROMATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS Mixture
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction and paint ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL Spray paint agent
CATEGORY
TRADE Zinc chromate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL Mixture
FORMULA
MOLECULAR Mixture
WEIGHT

SPECIFIC 1.37
GRAVITY
BOILING 38
POINT ( C )

DENSITY 1.41 g / cm3

SOLID CONTENT % 72
SOLUBILITY Immiscible
ZINC
CHROMATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Viscous liquid
COLOR Various color
ODOR Mild aromatic
AID It causes an irritation less.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Zinc chromate primarily is used as a corrosive-


APPLICATIONS resistant coating for metals with zinc plating or alloys
containing zinc. Zinc chromate is also used in spray
paint and linoleum production.

zinc chromate primers are used in the automobile,


aviation and aerospace industries to prevent
corrosion and organic growth on metal components.

** 607 **
ZINC
STEARATE

GENERAL
DEFINITIONS
CAS 557 – 05 – 1
NUMBER
GENERAL Construction and paint ingredient
CATEGORY
FACTORIAL
CATEGORY
TRADE Zinc stearate
NAME

CHEMICAL
PROPERTIES
CHEMICAL (C17H35COO)2Zn
FORMULA
MOLECULAR 632.33 g / mole
WEIGHT

SPECIFIC 1.1
GRAVITY
BOILING 38
POINT ( C )

MELTING 130
POINT ( C )
SOLID CONTENT % Not specified
SOLUBILITY Insoluble in the cold and hot water.
ZINC
STEARATE

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
AND
APPLICATIONS
APPEARANCE Solid powder
COLOR White and near gray
ODOR Odorless
AID It causes no irritation.
MEASURES
STORAGE
Keep cool and dry place

Zinc Stearate is used plastic, rubber construction


chemicals and paint industry. It is a powerful mold
release and hydrophobic. It is an external lubricator. It
APPLICATIONS is proper to all type rubber and plastic applications.

Zinc Stearate is used as sandblasting and flattener in


varnish, coating and ink applications. Also it is used
as water-repellent in beton, rock wool, paper, textile,
construction chekmicals and paint industry. It is used
as mold release and dusting

** 609 **

You might also like